MIPS TECHNOLOGIES INC
10-K, 1998-09-24
ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS
Previous: FT 275, 487, 1998-09-24
Next: BANC ONE AUTO GRANTOR TRUST 1997-B, 8-K, 1998-09-24



================================================================================


                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  ------------

                                    FORM 10-K

 (Mark One)

     X    ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR 15 (d) OF THE  SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACTS OF 1934.

                     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998

     |_|  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

              For the transition period from ________ to ________.

                        Commission file number 000-24487


                                  ------------

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           DELAWARE                                            77-0322161
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)                           Identification Number)

               1225 CHARLESTON ROAD, MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94043-1353
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrants' telephone number, including area code: (650) 567-5000

           Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
                                (Title of class)

                                  ------------

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes |_|  No |X|

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. |_|

     Aggregate   market  value  of  the   registrant's   Common  Stock  held  by
non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 1, 1998 was approximately $94.0
million  based  upon the  closing  price  reported  for such date on the  Nasdaq
National market. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of Common Stock held by
persons  who hold more  than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock and
shares held by officers  and  directors  of the  Registrant  have been  excluded
because  such  persons may be deemed to be  affiliates.  This  determination  of
affiliate  status  is not  necessarily  a  conclusive  determination  for  other
purposes.

     The number of outstanding  shares of the Registrant's  Common Stock,  $.001
par value, was 37,250,000 as of September 1, 1998.


================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART 1

Item 1.  Business

General

     On July 6, 1998 the Company  completed  its initial  public  offering  (the
"Offering"). Prior to the Offering, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of
Silicon Graphics. In order to increase the focus of the MIPS Group on the design
and development of microprocessor applications dedicated to the embedded market,
in December 1997,  Silicon Graphics initiated a plan to separate the business of
the MIPS Group from its other operations.  In April 1998, the Board of Directors
of the  Company  approved a  transaction,  pursuant to which,  Silicon  Graphics
transferred to the Company the assets and liabilities  related to the design and
development  of  microprocessor   intellectual   property  for  embedded  market
applications (the "Separation"). Prior to the Separation, the Company's business
was conducted by Silicon Graphics  primarily  through its MIPS Group, a division
of Silicon Graphics. The Company's predecessor, MIPS Computer Systems, Inc., was
founded  in  1984  and  was  engaged  in the  design  and  development  of  RISC
microprocessors for the computer systems and embedded markets.  Silicon Graphics
adopted the MIPS architecture for its computer systems in 1988 and acquired MIPS
Computer  Systems,  Inc. in 1992.  Following the  acquisition,  Silicon Graphics
continued the MIPS microprocessor business through its MIPS Group, which focused
primarily on the  development of  high-performance  microprocessors  for Silicon
Graphics'   workstations   and   servers.   Until  the  last  few  years,   cost
considerations limited the broader use of these microprocessors. However, as the
cost to design  and  manufacture  microprocessors  based on the MIPS  technology
decreased,  the MIPS Group sought to penetrate the consumer market, both through
supporting and coordinating the efforts of the MIPS  semiconductor  partners and
by partnering with Nintendo Co., Ltd. ("Nintendo") in its design of the Nintendo
64 video game player and related cartridges.

     The  Company  is  a  leading   designer   and   developer   of   RISC-based
high-performance  microprocessor  intellectual  property  for  embedded  systems
applications.  The  Company  has  established  a  distribution  channel  for its
intellectual property by licensing its technology to key semiconductor partners.
Each of these partners  possesses  leading design and/or process  technology and
can leverage a strong market position in strategic  embedded  markets.  To date,
the  MIPS  RISC   architecture   has  been  used  to  create  over  60  separate
microprocessor   products.  These  microprocessor  products  have  a  cumulative
installed base of over 70 million units and have been embedded into a variety of
products such as video games,  color printers and handheld  personal  computers.
The Company's  semiconductor  partners  reported that  approximately  47 million
units based on the Company's RISC architecture were shipped in fiscal year 1998.

     The  Company's   technology   focuses  on  providing   cost-effective   and
high-performance  microprocessor  and related designs for  high-volume  embedded
applications.  The MIPS RISC  architecture is flexible and allows  semiconductor
manufacturers  to  integrate  their  intellectual  property  with the  Company's
microprocessor  and related  designs to develop  differentiated  and  innovative
products for a variety of embedded applications within demanding  time-to-market
requirements.  The  advantages  of the MIPS  architecture  relate  primarily  to
scalability  of die  size  and  performance.  Products  incorporating  the  MIPS
architecture range from disk drives using  microprocessor  cores with a die size
of less than two  square  millimeters  to  high-performance  workstations  using
microprocessors  with a die size of 300 square millimeters.  In addition,  while
designed for high performance,  the Company's RISC-based architectures have been
incorporated  in  low-power  applications  such as the Philips  Velo and the NEC
MobilePro handheld personal computers.  The MIPS architecture is designed around
upward compatible instruction sets that enable manufacturers developing products
across a broad range of price/performance points to use common support tools and
software.

     The Company was  incorporated in Delaware in June 1992. The Company has its
principal executive offices at 1225 Charleston Road,  Mountain View,  California
94043-1353, and its telephone number at that address is (650) 567-5000.

Industry Background

     Rapid advances in semiconductor  technology have enabled the development of
higher  performance  microprocessors  at  lower  cost.  As a  result,  it is now
cost-effective for system OEMs to embed these microprocessors into a wider range
of  electronic  products  and  systems,  including a new  generation  of digital
consumer products. At the same time, improvements in semiconductor manufacturing
processes have enabled the integration of entire


                                       1
<PAGE>

systems  onto a single  integrated  circuit to create  complex  system-on-a-chip
solutions.  However,  design tool capabilities and the internal design resources
of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  system  OEMs  have not kept pace with the
increase  in the  number of  transistors  that can be  placed on a single  chip.
Consequently, a significant and growing "design gap" for semiconductor designers
and  manufacturers  has developed.  To address this "design gap,"  semiconductor
designers  and  manufacturers  are  increasingly  licensing  proven and reusable
intellectual  property  components such as  microprocessor  cores,  memories and
logic blocks from third-party  suppliers to create  differentiated  products and
reduce  development  costs and  time-to-market.  The  availability  of low-cost,
high-performance   microprocessors   and  the  development  of  system-on-a-chip
technology have  contributed to the emergence and rapid growth of the market for
embedded systems, particularly advanced digital consumer products.

     Embedded   systems   are   broadly   defined   as   microcontrollers    and
microprocessors  plus related  software  incorporated  into  devices  other than
personal computers,  workstations,  servers, mainframes and minicomputers. Until
recently,   this  market  was   dominated   by   low-cost   4-,  8-  and  16-bit
microcontrollers embedded primarily into low-cost, high-volume consumer products
such as home  appliances,  facsimile  machines,  printers,  telephone  answering
machines and various automobile  systems.  The use of higher performance 32- and
64-bit  microprocessors  was common in higher cost but lower volume applications
such as  telecommunications  switching  equipment and data  networking  routers.
Although  microcontrollers are adequate for basic system control functions, they
lack the performance and bandwidth  capabilities to implement  today's  advanced
functions.  Recently,  however, the price of 32- and 64-bit  microprocessors has
reached the point where it is now  cost-effective  to embed these solutions into
low-cost, high-volume digital consumer products.

     Digital consumer products that incorporate high-performance microprocessors
and software can offer  advanced  functionality  such as realistic  3-D graphics
rendering,  digital audio and video, and  communications  and high-speed  signal
processing.  To meet the demands of the digital consumer products market, system
OEMs  rely  on  semiconductor  manufacturers  to  design  and  deliver  critical
components within rigorous price and performance parameters.  In order to supply
products for these markets,  semiconductor  suppliers are increasingly combining
their own intellectual  property with that of third-party  suppliers such as the
Company in the form of microprocessor cores and other functional blocks.

The MIPS Network

     Through its network of semiconductor partners, independent software vendors
and system OEMs,  the Company has  developed the  infrastructure  to support its
architecture as a standard platform for the embedded market.

     Semiconductor  Partners.  The  Company  currently  has seven  semiconductor
partners that develop,  market and sell silicon solutions based on the MIPS RISC
microprocessor  architecture.   Because  products  incorporating  the  Company's
intellectual property are sold to system OEMs by its semiconductor partners (and
not  directly  by  the  Company),   these  partners  operate  as  a  value-added
distribution channel.  Several of the Company's partners have had contracts with
the Company and its predecessors since prior to Silicon Graphics' acquisition of
MIPS  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  in 1992.  The  Company's  current  semiconductor
partners are Integrated Device Technology  ("IDT"),  LSI Logic Corporation ("LSI
Logic"), NEC Corporation  ("NEC"), NKK Corporation ("NKK"),  Philips Electronics
N.V.  ("Philips"),  Quantum Effect Design,  Inc. ("QED") and Toshiba Corporation
("Toshiba").   Several  of  the  Company's   manufacturing  partners  have  made
significant  investments  in MIPS  technology and market  development  which has
resulted in multiple design teams around the world engaged in the development of
MIPS-based microprocessors and related designs. The Company's partners and their
associated design teams have developed a broad portfolio of microprocessors  and
standard  products  based on the MIPS RISC  architecture  as well as application
specific extensions which can be licensed back to the Company and offered to its
other partners

     Independent  Software  Vendors.  The Company's RISC architecture is further
enabled by a variety of third-party  independent  software  vendors that provide
operating systems and engineering development tools such as compilers, debuggers
and in-circuit  emulation testers.  Currently,  these companies provide over 150
products in support of the Company's RISC  architecture.  This software  support
allows  system  OEMs to design  the MIPS  microprocessor  technology  into their
products. Software operating systems developed by Microsoft, Wind River Systems,
Inc.  and  Integrated  Systems  Inc.  are  compatible  with the  Company's  RISC
architecture.

     System  OEMs.   Microprocessor   products   based  on  the  Company's  RISC
architecture  are used by a variety of system  OEMs in the  embedded  market.  A
number of  high-profile  digital  consumer  products  incorporate  the Company's
RISC-based microprocessor  intellectual property,  including the Nintendo 64 and
Sony PlayStation


                                       2
<PAGE>

video  game  systems,  the  Philips  Velo and NEC  MobilePro  handheld  personal
computers and the digital  set-top  boxes from  Echostar and WebTV.  The Company
participates in various sales and technical  efforts directed to system OEMs and
has launched a promotional  campaign aimed at increasing  brand awareness of the
MIPS RISC architecture among system OEMs and software vendors.

Markets and Applications

     Digital  Consumer  Products.   Together  with  its  existing  semiconductor
manufacturing  partners and their associated  design teams, the Company seeks to
leverage  the MIPS  RISC  architecture  into  solutions  for a wide  variety  of
sophisticated,   high-volume  digital  consumer  products  such  as  video  game
products,  handheld personal computers and set-top boxes. To date, the Company's
RISC-based  microprocessors  have  been  designed  into  many  digital  consumer
products,  including  the Nintendo 64 and Sony  PlayStation  video game systems.
Revenue  related to the video game market  presently  accounts for a substantial
majority  of the  Company's  total  revenue,  and such  revenue is  expected  to
continue to account for a significant portion of the Company's total revenue for
at least the next several years.

          Video Games. The market for video games,  which  represented the first
     high-volume  consumer  application  for  32-  and  64-bit  microprocessors,
     accounted for approximately 30 million units in 1997, of which an estimated
     90% used the  Company's  technology.  The Company's key design wins in this
     market  include the Nintendo 64 video game system,  which was introduced in
     1996 and uses a MIPS R4300i  microprocessor  manufactured  by NEC,  and the
     Sony PlayStation,  which was introduced in 1994 and uses a MIPS R3000 class
     embedded microprocessor developed by LSI Logic.

          Set-Top Boxes.  As digital  transmission of video signals becomes more
     widely  utilized,  the  Company  believes  that the market  for  compatible
     set-top  boxes  could  represent  an area of  growth  in the use of 32- and
     64-bit  microprocessors and related designs.  The Company's key design wins
     in this market include the set-top box used in WebTV's Internet  appliance,
     introduced  in  1996,   which  uses  a  MIPS  R4000  class   microprocessor
     manufactured by IDT.  Echostar's  Dish Network  set-top box,  introduced in
     1996, uses a MIPS R3000 class  microprocessor  that is also manufactured by
     IDT.  General  Instrument   Corporation's  DCT-5000+  advanced  interactive
     digital set-top terminal will also use a MIPS based product.

          Handheld  Personal  Computers.  While the market for handheld personal
     computers has only recently begun to develop, the Company expects that this
     market will continue to grow as these devices become more  interactive with
     desktop PCs. To date, the Company's RISC-based  microprocessor designs have
     been  incorporated  into  products  such as the  Philips  Velo and  Sharp's
     Mobilon,  both of which use a MIPS R3000 class microprocessor  developed by
     Philips.   In   addition,   NEC  has   incorporated   a  MIPS  R4000  class
     microprocessor design into its MobilePro handheld personal computer.

     Other Embedded  Applications.  Significant  design wins in more traditional
embedded market applications  include networking  communications  equipment from
Cisco as well as laser printers from  Hewlett-Packard  Company,  Electronics for
Imaging Inc. and Brother Industries, Ltd.

Products

     The Company  designs,  develops  and  licenses  intellectual  property  for
high-performance microprocessors. The Company's intellectual property is used in
the design of microprocessor cores,  instruction set architectures  ("ISAs") and
application specific extensions ("ASEs") that enable its semiconductor  partners
to manufacture flexible,  high-performance  microprocessors for embedded systems
within   demanding   time-to-market   requirements.    Through   licensing   and
royalty-based arrangements with its semiconductor partners, the Company seeks to
strengthen the position of the MIPS architecture in the microprocessor  industry
and proliferate its designs in embedded  systems  applications.  The Company has
not historically and does not intend to manufacture  microprocessors and related
devices.

     Basic   Cores.   The   Company   currently   provides   flexible,   modular
microprocessor cores covering a range of performance/price  points to enable its
manufacturing partners to provide customized semiconductor products more quickly
to system OEMs.

          R3000.  The R3000 is a 32-bit  microprocessor  introduced in 1988 that
     has served as the basis for many derivatives by the Company's semiconductor
     partners and is available from the Company in core form. The 


                                       3
<PAGE>

     small die size (less than two square millimeters in one implementation) and
     performance   characteristics   of  the  R3000  make  it  well-suited   for
     applications  such as video game consoles,  including the Sony PlayStation,
     and handheld personal computers,  copiers,  networking  equipment and laser
     printers.

          R4000.  The R4000 is a 64-bit  microprocessor  introduced in 1992 that
     has served as the basis for a variety of derivatives,  including the R4300i
     which,  together with Silicon Graphics' Reality Co-Processor (RCP), is used
     in Nintendo 64 video game players.  The R4000 was designed for applications
     in which high performance is the principle objective,  such as video games,
     computer  systems,  network servers and interactive  consumer  applications
     such as set-top boxes.

          R5000.  The  R5000  is a  64-bit  microprocessor  developed  by QED in
     January 1996 that is presently  licensed to the Company.  The R5000,  which
     can be sublicensed by the Company to its other semiconductor partners, is a
     dual instruction  issue processor that has served as the  microprocessor in
     several of Silicon Graphics' workstations.  Its performance characteristics
     make it an attractive  microprocessor  for more powerful and  sophisticated
     embedded applications.

     Instruction   Set   Architectures.   Instruction  set   architectures   are
combinations  of binary  instructions  and the  hardware  to execute  them which
together determine the native capability of a microprocessor.  ISA standards are
important  because,  among other  things,  they become the common  points around
which tools are built, software libraries and compilers are written and software
operating  systems  are  developed.  Elements  of an ISA may be  copyrighted  or
patented  thus  preventing  unrestricted  use  without a  license.  The  Company
licenses its ISAs to promote the  development  and marketing of MIPS  compatible
parts by its semiconductor manufacturing partners.

          MIPS I/II. The MIPS I/II  instruction  set  architecture  is the basic
     series of instructions for 32-bit  operations.  This instruction set, which
     is presently used in a wide range of  applications,  allows the performance
     of  integer  and  floating  point  computation,  logical  operations,  data
     movement and a variety of other  functions.  The MIPS II ISA is implemented
     in the R3000 series of products.  Full MIPS I/II compatibility is protected
     by patents, copyrights and trademarks owned by the Company.

          MIPS III. In addition to  providing  full support for the MIPS II ISA,
     the MIPS III instruction set architecture extends the MIPS II ISA to 64-bit
     operations,  increases  the number of  floating  point  registers  and adds
     certain  other  functions.  The MIPS III ISA is  implemented  in the  R4000
     series  of  products.  MIPS  III is a  patented  instruction  set  that  is
     necessary to operate 64-bit MIPS microprocessors in 64-bit mode.

          MIPS  IV.  MIPS  IV  enhances   floating  point  operations  and  adds
     additional instructions that improve performance in a number of engineering
     and  scientific  applications.  The MIPS IV ISA is implemented in the R5000
     series of products.

          MIPS V. MIPS V provides  instructions that enhance  performance in 3-D
     graphics  applications.  The  hardware  for the  MIPS V ISA  has  not  been
     implemented.

     Application  Specific  Extensions.   Application  specific  extensions  are
intended to provide design  flexibility for  application-specific  MIPS products
and  are  offered  to the  Company's  semiconductor  manufacturing  partners  as
optional, additional features to its microprocessor cores.

          MIPS16. MIPS16 is an ASE to the Company's RISC architecture introduced
     in  October  1996  that  permits  substantially  reduced  systems  costs by
     reducing  memory  requirements   through  the  use  of  16-bit  instruction
     representation.
          MIPS  Digital  Media  Extensions  (MDMX).  MDMX is an ASE  designed to
     provide enhanced digital media processing  including video  compression and
     decompression and audio and signal processing.

Research and Development

     The Company  believes that its future  competitive  position will depend in
large part on its ability to develop new and enhanced  microprocessor  cores and
related designs in a timely and cost-effective manner. The Company believes that
these capabilities are necessary to meet the evolving and rapidly changing needs
of semiconductor  manufacturers and system OEMs in the digital consumer products
industry.  To this end,  the  Company  has  assembled  a team of highly  skilled
engineers that possess  significant  experience in the design and development of
complex microprocessors. The Company intends to build on this base of experience
and the technologies that it has developed to enhance the MIPS RISC architecture
and  develop a broader  line of  microprocessor  cores  that are  optimized  for

                                       4
<PAGE>

applications in the digital consumer products  industry.  The Company's strategy
is  to  use  a  modular   approach   that   emphasizes   re-usable,   licensable
microprocessors,  cores and software technology.  The Company believes that this
increased  flexibility and modularity will allow its  semiconductor  partners to
provide  high-performance,  customized products more quickly to their customers.
In addition,  the Company  develops and licenses  standardized  ISAs and ASEs to
work  within  and  around  its RISC  architecture  to  enhance  and  tailor  the
capabilities   of  its   microprocessor   designs  for  specific   applications.
Historically,  the Company has collaborated with its semiconductor manufacturing
partners to develop these specific  product  applications and ASEs from its core
microprocessor designs.

     The Company develops and licenses its microprocessor  designs in two forms.
Initial or  "process  targeted  designs"  are  designs  intended  to address the
specific  silicon   manufacturing   process   technology  of  the  semiconductor
manufacturer  to which it is licensed.  For example,  details such as transistor
and  interconnect  dimensions vary from  manufacturer to manufacturer and affect
performance.  The Company believes that its ability to adjust its microprocessor
designs  to work at optimum  performance  levels for  targeted  silicon  process
technologies is a significant  competitive advantage.  Because they are designed
with the manufacturing partner's specific silicon process technology in mind, it
is  expected  that  these  initial   microprocessor  cores  will  have  superior
performance  levels and high  value for the target  partner.  The  Company  also
expects to generate both  high-level  description  language  representations  of
these designs  called "soft" cores and  intermediate  representations  with some
process targeting called "firm" cores. Key internal circuits of "firm" cores can
be enhanced to maintain  substantially  the level of performance of the "process
targeted  designs" on which they are based.  "Soft"  cores and "firm"  cores are
flexible  and can be  licensed  to  multiple  customers  and  used  in  multiple
applications.

     In  anticipation  of the  Separation  and the  more  limited  focus  of its
research and  development  efforts,  the Company has  significantly  reduced its
research  and  development  staff,  from 221 persons at December  31, 1997 to 40
persons at June 30, 1998.  This  decrease  principally  reflects the transfer to
Silicon  Graphics of employees  engaged in the  development  of next  generation
microprocessors  for Silicon Graphics' systems as well as other staff reductions
associated with the Company's shift in strategic direction.  Because the Company
expects  to use  industry-standard  third-party  design  tools,  it will  not be
required  to  develop  and  maintain  the  proprietary  design  tools  that were
necessary in connection with the design of high-performance  microprocessors for
Silicon  Graphics.   As  a  result,   the  Company  expects  that  its  staffing
requirements  will be  significantly  lower  than  those  required  prior to the
Separation.  For the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  1998,  1997  and 1996 the
Company's  research and development costs were $43.4 million,  $68.8 million and
$48.4 million, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

     The Company's  sales and marketing  activities  are focused  principally on
establishing  and  maintaining   licensing   arrangements   with   semiconductor
manufacturers  and  participating  in  marketing,  sales and  technical  efforts
directed to system OEMs. The Company licenses its RISC-based  microprocessor and
related  design   technology  on  a   non-exclusive   and  worldwide   basis  to
semiconductor  manufacturers  who, in turn,  sell products  incorporating  these
technologies to system OEMs. The partnerships  established by the Company form a
distribution channel and are an important element of its strategy to proliferate
the MIPS  RISC  architecture  as the  standard  in the  embedded  microprocessor
industry.  In establishing these partnerships,  the Company seeks to license its
technology  to  those  companies  it  believes  can  offer  value-added   design
capabilities  in the  Company's  existing  target  markets as well as expand the
market for the Company's  microprocessor  and related designs.  By licensing its
technology to multiple semiconductor manufacturers,  the Company seeks to ensure
that system access to multiple  sources of its  RISC-based  microprocessors  and
related  designs.  The Company  presently  has two customers  that  individually
account for more than 10% of its total revenue:  Nintendo and NEC. Substantially
all of the revenue derived from these two customers  reflects  contract  revenue
and royalties related to development and sales of Nintendo 64 video game players
and  related  cartridges.  Revenue  related to sales of  Nintendo  64 video game
cartridges is expected to continue to account for a  significant  portion of the
Company's total revenue for the next several years and,  therefore,  the Company
expects that a  significant  portion of its total  revenue  will  continue to be
derived from Nintendo and, to a lesser extent,  NEC.  Because revenue related to
sales  of  Nintendo  64  video  game  cartridges  is  expected  to  represent  a
substantial  portion of the  Company's  total  revenue,  the Company  expects to
experience  seasonal  fluctuations  in its revenue and  operating  results.  See
"Factors That May Affect Our Business--Seasonality" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations--Revenue."  For
financial information regarding revenue derived from the Company's international
licensees, see Note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements.



                                       5
<PAGE>

     Although the precise terms of the Company's contracts vary from licensee to
licensee,  they typically provide for technology license and engineering service
fees  which may be  payable  up-front  and/or  upon the  achievement  of certain
milestones  such as provision of  deliverables  by the Company or  production of
semiconductor products by the licensee. The Company's contracts also provide for
the payment of royalties to the Company based on a percentage of the net revenue
earned by the licensee  from the sale of products  incorporating  the  Company's
technology  and,  in some  cases,  based  on unit  sales of such  products.  The
Company's  contracts with its  semiconductors  partners are typically subject to
periodic  renewal or extension.  The Company also offers licensees the option to
license its technology on a single-use or  unlimited-use  basis, and may provide
licensees with various technical support,  training and consulting  services and
sales and marketing support.

     Certain  of the  Company's  marketing  activities  are also aimed at system
OEMs. Through targeted advertising and co-marketing  programs with its partners,
the Company seeks to increase awareness of the MIPS RISC architecture in popular
digital consumer products.

     Because the Company's  past  microprocessor  design  efforts have primarily
focused on serving the needs of Silicon  Graphics,  and although the Company has
always  maintained  a  sales  and  marketing  staff  to  support  its  strategic
relationships,  its sales and marketing  activities have not  historically  been
central to its  operations.  The Company's sales and marketing staff and related
expenses are expected to increase as the Company  seeks to diversify its revenue
base. The Company's  sales and marketing  effort is a significant  factor to the
Company's future operating success.

Intellectual Property

     The Company regards its patents,  copyrights, mask work rights, trademarks,
trade secrets and similar intellectual  property as critical to its success, and
relies on a combination  of patent,  trademark,  copyright,  mask work and trade
secret laws to protect  its  proprietary  rights.  Any failure of the Company to
obtain or maintain adequate  protection of its intellectual  property rights for
any reason  could have a material  adverse  effect on its  business,  results of
operations  and  financial  condition.  The Company owns  approximately  51 U.S.
patents on various aspects of its technology, with expiration dates ranging from
2006 to 2015, approximately 24 pending U.S. patent applications,  as well as all
foreign  counterparts  relating thereto.  There can be no assurance that patents
will issue from any  patent  applications  submitted  by the  Company,  that any
patents held by the Company will not be challenged,  invalidated or circumvented
or that any claims  allowed  from its  patents  will be of  sufficient  scope or
strength to provide  meaningful  protection or any  commercial  advantage to the
Company.  In  addition,  there can be no assurance  that third  parties will not
assert  claims of  infringement  against the  Company or against  the  Company's
semiconductor  manufacturing  partners  in  connection  with  their  use  of the
Company's  technology.  Such claims,  even those  without  merit,  could be time
consuming,  result in costly litigation and/or require the Company to enter into
royalty or  licensing  agreements.  Such  royalty or  licensing  agreements,  if
required,  may not be available on terms  acceptable to the Company,  or at all.
Moreover,  the laws of certain  foreign  countries may not protect the Company's
intellectual  property  to the same  extent as do the laws of the United  States
and, because of the importance of the Company's  intellectual property rights to
its business, this could have a material adverse effect on its business, results
of operations and financial condition.

     The Company  also uses  licensing  agreements  and employee and third party
nondisclosure  and assignment  agreements to limit access to and distribution of
its proprietary  information and to obtain ownership of technology prepared on a
work-for-hire  basis.  There can be no  assurance  that the  steps  taken by the
Company to protect its  intellectual  property  rights will be adequate to deter
misappropriation  of such  rights  or that the  Company  will be able to  detect
unauthorized  uses and take immediate or effective  steps to enforce its rights.
There can also be no  assurance  that the steps  taken by the  Company to obtain
ownership of contributed  intellectual property will be sufficient to assure its
ownership of all proprietary rights. The Company also relies on unpatented trade
secrets to protect its  proprietary  technology.  No assurance can be given that
others  will  not  independently  develop  or  otherwise  acquire  the  same  or
substantially  equivalent technologies or otherwise gain access to the Company's
proprietary  technology  or  disclose  such  technology  or that the Company can
ultimately  protect its rights to such  unpatented  proprietary  technology.  In
addition,  no assurance  can be given that third  parties will not obtain patent
rights to such  unpatented  trade secrets,  which patent rights could be used to
assert  infringement  claims against the Company.  From time to time the Company
has entered, and in the future may enter, into cross licensing arrangements with
others,  pursuant  to which the  Company  licenses  certain  of its  patents  in
exchange for patent licenses from such licensees.  Although these types of cross
licensing  arrangements  are  common  in the  semiconductor  and  microprocessor

                                       6
<PAGE>

industries,  and do not  generally  provide for  transfers  of know-how or other
proprietary  information,  such  arrangements may facilitate the ability of such
licensees,  either alone or in conjunction with others,  to develop  competitive
products and designs.

     The Company and Silicon Graphics have entered into arrangements pursuant to
which certain intellectual property was assigned to the Company,  subject to the
grant of a license  to  Silicon  Graphics;  certain  intellectual  property  was
retained by Silicon Graphics,  subject to the grant of a license to the Company;
and certain  intellectual  property was retained by Silicon Graphics without any
ongoing  interest  to the  Company.  The  Company's  inability  to  use  Silicon
Graphics'  intellectual  property  in the future  could have a material  adverse
affect on its business and results of  operations.  In the past,  the MIPS Group
has benefited from its status as a division of Silicon Graphics in its access to
the  intellectual  property of third parties through  licensing  arrangements or
otherwise,  and in the  negotiation of the financial and other terms of any such
arrangements.  As a result of the Separation, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to negotiate commercially  attractive intellectual property
licensing  arrangements  with third parties in the future,  particularly  if the
Company  ceases  to be a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of  Silicon  Graphics.  In
addition,  in  connection  with any future  intellectual  property  infringement
claims, the Company will not have the benefit of asserting  counterclaims  based
on Silicon Graphics'  intellectual  property portfolio,  nor will the Company be
able to provide licenses to Silicon Graphics'  intellectual property in order to
resolve such claims.

Competition

     The  market  for  embedded   microprocessors   is  highly  competitive  and
characterized  by rapidly changing  technological  needs and  capabilities.  The
Company  believes  that  the  principal  competitive  factors  in  the  embedded
microprocessor market are performance, functionality, price, customizability and
power  consumption.  The Company competes primarily against ARM Holdings plc and
Hitachi  Semiconductor  (America) Inc. The Company also competes against certain
semiconductor  manufacturers  whose product lines  include  microprocessors  for
embedded and non-embedded applications,  including Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.,
Intel Corporation,  Motorola,  Inc. and National Semiconductor  Corporation.  In
addition,  the Company must continue to  differentiate  its  microprocessor  and
related designs from those available or under development by the internal design
groups of  semiconductor  manufacturers,  including its current and  prospective
manufacturing  partners.  Many of these internal design groups have  substantial
programming  and design  resources and are part of larger  organizations,  which
have substantial  financial and marketing  resources.  There can be no assurance
that internal design groups will not develop products that compete directly with
the Company's  microprocessor  and related  designs or will not actively seek to
participate as merchant vendors in the intellectual property component market by
selling to  third-party  semiconductor  manufacturers  or, if they do,  that the
Company will be able to compete with them successfully. To the extent that these
alternative  technologies  provide comparable  performance at a lower or similar
cost than the Company's  technology,  semiconductor  manufacturers may adopt and
promote these  alternative  technologies.  Certain of the Company's  competitors
have greater name  recognition  and customer bases as well as greater  financial
and marketing  resources than the Company,  and such competition could adversely
affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Employees

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 63 full time employees. Of this total,
40 were in research and  development,  16 were in sales and marketing and 7 were
in finance and administration.  The Company's future success will depend in part
on its ability to attract,  retain and motivate highly  qualified  technical and
management personnel who are in great demand in the semiconductor  industry. The
Company's  business plan requires  that it identify and hire  additional  highly
skilled technical personnel during fiscal 1999 to staff its anticipated research
and development activities.  None of the Company's employees is represented by a
labor  union or  subject  to a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  The  Company
believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Item 2.  Properties

     The Company's  executive,  administrative  and technical  offices currently
occupy  approximately  27,500  square feet (with an option to increase to 55,000
square feet) in a building  subleased  from Silicon  Graphics in Mountain  View,
California.  Payments by the Company to Silicon Graphics under this sublease are
equal to amounts payable by Silicon Graphics under its sublease for the property
with a third  party.  This  sublease  will  expire on May 31,  2002,  subject to
earlier  termination in certain  circumstances.  The Company believes that these
facilities  are adequate to meets its current needs but that it may need to seek
additional space in the future.




                                       7
<PAGE>

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

     On April 6, 1998, the Company and Silicon  Graphics filed an action against
ArtX,  Inc.  and certain  employees of ArtX,  Inc. in the Superior  Court of the
State of  California  alleging,  among other things,  misappropriation  of trade
secrets and breach of contractual  and fiduciary  duties in connection  with the
defendants'  actions in  developing  graphics  technology  for  Nintendo's  next
generation  video game system.  On April 23,  1998,  Nintendo  notified  Silicon
Graphics  and the Company of its belief  that the  disclosure  in the  Company's
registration  statement  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on
April 21, 1998 of certain information regarding the contract for the development
of the  Nintendo 64 video game  system  constituted  a breach of that  contract.
Silicon  Graphics  and the Company  strongly  disagree  that any such breach has
occurred.  On May 27, 1998,  Silicon Graphics,  the Company,  Nintendo and ArtX,
Inc. entered into a memorandum of understanding  pursuant to which the companies
are engaged in further  discussions  relating to a possible mutually  beneficial
business  relationship,   including  the  possible  selection  of  a  MIPS-based
microprocessor for the next generation  Nintendo video game system. On the basis
of this  understanding,  Silicon Graphics and the Company have dismissed without
prejudice the pending lawsuit against ArtX,  Inc., and Nintendo has agreed that,
in the absence of a lawsuit against  Nintendo or ArtX,  Inc., it will not assert
any claim that the Nintendo 64 contract has been breached in connection with the
filing of the Company's registration statement.

     On April 10,  1998,  the Company  filed an action  against  Lexra,  Inc., a
Massachusetts  company  ("Lexra"),  in the United States  District Court for the
Northern  District  of  California,  asserting  claims for false  advertisement,
trademark infringement,  trademark dilution and unfair competition. This lawsuit
arose out of Lexra's claim that its newly  introduced  product offering is "MIPS
compatible."  Lexra  does  not  have a  license  from  the  Company  to use  its
intellectual  property in connection with any Lexra  products.  In the suit, the
Company sought injunctive relief as well as monetary damages. In May 1998, Lexra
filed an answer  and  counterclaim  seeking to cancel  certain of the  Company's
trademarks.  The parties  recently  reached an  agreement in principle to settle
this matter.  Among other  things,  Lexra will no longer state that its products
are "MIPS compatible". Lexra's counterclaims will also be dismissed. The Company
is continuing to evaluate possible patent  infringement claims against Lexra and
will assert such claims if appropriate.

     In February 1998, the Company  received a notice  asserting that the R10000
and potentially other microprocessors designed by the Company allegedly infringe
a patent  originally  assigned  to  Control  Data  Corporation.  The  Company is
evaluating these claims.

     The Company believes that the foregoing  proceedings are not likely to have
a material  adverse  effect on its business,  results of operations or financial
condition.

     From time to time, the Company receives  communications  from third parties
asserting   patent  or  other  rights   covering  the  Company's   products  and
technologies.  Based upon the Company's evaluation,  it may take no action or it
may seek to obtain a license. There can be no assurance in any given case that a
license  will be available on terms the Company  considers  reasonable,  or that
litigation will not ensue.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     (a) During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998,  Silicon Graphics,  Inc., the
Company's  sole  stockholder,  took action by written  consent on, May 22, 1998,
June 2, 1998 and June 26, 1998.

     (b) On June 26,  1998,  the sole  stockholder  consented to the election of
Anthony B.  Holbrook and Fred M.  Gibbons as  directors  of the  Company,  to be
effective on July 6, 1998, the closing of the Company's initial public offering.
The Directors whose terms of office  continued after the stockholder  action are
Forest  Baskett,  John E.  Bourgoin,  Kenneth L.  Coleman,  William M. Kelly and
Teruyasu Sekimoto.

     (c) Other matters  approved by the sole stockholder were the 1998 Long Term
Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan on May 22, 1998, an increase
in the  authorized  capital  stock  of the  Company  on  June  2,  1998  and the
restatement of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation in connection with the
Company's initial public offering on June 26, 1998.



                                       8
<PAGE>

                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

     (a) The Company's  initial public offering of its Common Stock was declared
effective on June 29, 1998 at a price of $14.00 per share.  The Company's Common
Stock is listed on the  Nasdaq  National  Market  under the symbol  "MIPS."  The
ending  stock price for the period ended June 30, 1998 as reported by Nasdaq was
$13.437.

     On July 6, 1998 the  Company  completed  its  initial  public  offering  of
5,500,000  shares of its Common Stock  pursuant to a  Registration  Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-50643)  declared effective by the Securities and Exchange
Commission  on June 29, 1998.  The offering was  underwritten  by Deutsche  Bank
Securities,  BancAmerica  Robertson  Stephens  and  Hambrecht  &  Quist.  Of the
5,500,000  Common  Shares  offered,  1,250,000  were  offered by the Company and
4,250,000  were  offered  by  Silicon   Graphics,   Inc.  The  Company  received
approximately  $16,035,000 from the initial public offering, net of underwriting
discounts, commissions and other offering costs and expenses.

     (b) Prior to June 30, 1998,  Silicon Graphics was the only holder of record
of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  Subsequent  to the  closing of the  Offering,
Silicon Graphics owns approximately 85.2% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company.  As of  September  10,  1998,  there  were 20  holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.

     (c) The Company has never paid or declared any cash dividends on its Common
Stock or other  securities and does not anticipate  paying cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.

     (d) There were no sales by the Company of its equity  securities during the
quarter ended June 30, 1998,  which were not registered under the Securities Act
of 1933.

     No payments constituted direct or indirect payments to directors, officers,
general  partners of the issuer or their  associates,  or to persons  owning ten
percent or more of any class of equity securities of the issuer or to affiliates
of the issuer.

     The Company has used the net  proceeds  from the  Offering to fund  working
capital and  general  corporate  purposes.  The funds that are not being used to
fund short-term needs have been placed in temporary  investments  pending future
use.



                                       9
<PAGE>

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

     The following table presents  selected  financial data of the Company.  The
information  below should be read in conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations".  The historical
financial information,  particularly for periods prior to March 31, 1998 may not
be indicative  of the  Company's  future  performance  and does not  necessarily
reflect what the  financial  position and results of  operations  of the Company
would have been had the  Company  operated  as a  separate,  stand-alone  entity
during the  periods  covered.  The  historical  financial  information  does not
reflect  many  significant  changes  that  have  occurred  in  the  funding  and
operations of the Company and the sources and costs of the Company's  revenue as
a result of both the  Separation  and the  Company's  recent  shift in strategic
direction.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Years Ended June 30,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998         1997         1996         1995        1994
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue:
  Royalties ....................    $ 55,980     $ 37,192     $ 19,716     $ 13,576     $  8,402
  Contract revenue .............         830        3,115       17,327       13,903        8,962
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
        Total revenue ..........      56,810       40,307       37,043       27,479       17,364
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of contract revenue .....         375        1,345        5,580        7,364        2,768
  Research and development .....      43,446       68,827       48,402       39,033       24,396
  Sales and marketing ..........       5,307        6,170        6,026        6,761        5,668
  General and administrative ...       4,685        4,750        4,601        4,272        3,692
  Restructuring charge .........       2,614         --           --           --           --   
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
        Total costs and expenses      56,427       81,092       64,609       57,430       36,524
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Operating income (loss) ........         383      (40,785)     (27,566)     (29,951)     (19,160)
Interest expense ...............          (7)         (50)         (99)         (69)         (70)
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Net income (loss) ..............    $    376     $(40,835)    $(27,665)    $(30,020)    $(19,230)
                                    ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
Net income (loss) per basic and
  diluted share ................    $   0.01     $  (1.13)    $  (0.77)    $  (0.83)    $  (0.53)
                                    ========     ========     ========     ========     ========

<CAPTION>
                                                              June 30,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998         1997         1996         1995        1994
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital deficiency .....    $ (4,530)    $ (8,446)    $ (8,531)    $(16,683)    $(11,230)
Total assets ...................       4,696       19,674       15,289       15,744       12,338
Long-term obligations, net of
  current maturities ...........        --           --            331          739          457
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)    (747)       8,072        3,853       (3,736)        (755)
</TABLE>


                                       10
<PAGE>


Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operation.

     The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto included  elsewhere in this report.  Except for the
historical information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the matters
discussed  herein may  contain  forward-looking  statements  that are subject to
certain risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company's actual results to
differ  materially  from those  expressed  or  implied  by such  forward-looking
statements.  Factors  that could  cause such  differences  include,  but are not
limited  to,  those  identified  herein  under  "Factors  That  May  Affect  Our
Business,"  and other risks detailed below and included from time to time in the
Company's  other  Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") reports and press
releases,  copies of which are  available  from the Company  upon  request.  The
forward-looking statements within this Annual Report on Form 10-K are identified
by words such as  "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "expects,"  "intends,"  "may" and
other similar expressions.  However,  these words are not the exclusive means of
identifying  such  statements.  The Company  assumes no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements contained herein.

Overview

     The Company's predecessor, MIPS Computer Systems, Inc., was founded in 1984
and was engaged in the design and  development of RISC  microprocessors  for the
computer  systems  and  embedded  markets.  Silicon  Graphics  adopted  the MIPS
architecture  for its  computer  systems  in 1988  and  acquired  MIPS  Computer
Systems, Inc. in 1992. Following the acquisition, Silicon Graphics continued the
MIPS  microprocessor  business  through  its MIPS Group (a  division  of Silicon
Graphics),  which  focused  primarily  on the  development  of  high-performance
microprocessors for Silicon Graphics'  workstations and servers.  Until the last
few years, cost considerations limited the broader use of these microprocessors.
However, as the cost to design and manufacture microprocessors based on the MIPS
technology  decreased,  the MIPS Group sought to penetrate the consumer  market,
both through  supporting and coordinating the efforts of the MIPS  semiconductor
partners  and, most  notably,  by partnering  with Nintendo in its design of the
Nintendo 64 video game player and related  cartridges.  Revenue related to sales
of Nintendo 64 video game players and related cartridges  currently accounts for
the substantial majority of the Company's revenue.  Based on reports provided by
the Company's  semiconductor  partners,  sales of MIPS-based  devices have grown
from 320,000  units in calendar  year 1992 to over 48 million  units in calendar
year 1997.

     The financial  statements discussed below reflect the historical results of
operations,  financial  position  and  cash  flows of the  MIPS  Group,  certain
portions of which were  transferred  to the  Company by Silicon  Graphics in the
Separation.  The financial  statements contained herein and discussed below have
been carved out from the  financial  statements  of Silicon  Graphics  using the
historical  results  of  operations  and  historical  basis  of the  assets  and
liabilities  of such  business,  as adjusted to reflect  allocations  of certain
corporate  charges  that  management  believes  are  reasonable.   However,  the
financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect the results of
operations,  financial  position  and cash flows of the Company in the future or
what the results of  operations,  financial  position  and cash flows would have
been had the MIPS Group been a separate,  stand-alone  entity during the periods
presented.  This is due to the historical  operation of the MIPS Group as a part
of the larger Silicon Graphics  enterprise.  The financial  information included
herein,  does not reflect the many significant  changes that have ocurred in the
funding and operations of the Company and the sources and costs of the Company's
revenue as a result of both the  Separation  and the  Company's  recent shift in
strategic direction.

     The Company's  revenue  consists of royalties and contract  revenue  earned
under  contracts  with its  semiconductor  partners and under its agreement with
Nintendo.  The Company's contracts with its semiconductor partners are typically
subject to  periodic  renewal  or  extension  and  expire at various  dates from
January 1999 through  December  2007. The Company  generates  royalties from the
sale by  semiconductor  manufacturers  of products  incorporating  the Company's
technology.  The Company also receives royalties from Nintendo relating to sales
of Nintendo  64 video game  players and  related  cartridges.  Royalties  may be
calculated  as a  percentage  of the revenue  received by the seller on sales of
such  products  or on a per unit basis.  Contract  revenue  includes  technology
license fees and engineering  service fees earned primarily under contracts with
Nintendo and the  Company's  semiconductor  manufacturing  partners.  Technology
license  fees range from  several  hundred  thousand  dollars  for a  single-use
license to  millions of dollars for an  unlimited  license to use the  Company's
technology.  Part of these fees may be payable up-front and part may be due upon
the  achievement of certain  milestones such as provision of deliverables by the
Company or production of semiconductor chips by the licensee. In fiscal 1996 the
Company's  total  revenue was split  relatively  equally  between  royalties and
contract revenue. Royalties in fiscal 1996 were earned primarily from NEC, while
contract revenue for those periods primarily reflected  engineering service fees
from  Nintendo 


                                       11
<PAGE>

related  to  the  Nintendo  64  video  game  system  prior  to  its   commercial
introduction.  In fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998, the Company's revenue mix changed
significantly,  with  royalties  representing  over 90% of the  Company's  total
revenue during those periods,  due primarily to royalties  earned from Nintendo,
and to a lesser  extent  NEC,  on sales of  Nintendo  64 video game  players and
related cartridges.

     In the near term, the Company's revenue will consist primarily of royalties
received  from  Nintendo  and NEC on sales of Nintendo 64 video game players and
related  cartridges.  For the fiscal year ended June 30,  1998,  such  royalties
accounted for  approximately  79% of the Company's  total  revenue.  The Company
receives  royalties from NEC based on a percentage of the revenue derived by NEC
from sales of the microprocessor  included in the Nintendo 64 video game player.
The  Company's  agreement  with  Nintendo  provides for the payment of royalties
based on unit sales of Nintendo 64 video game  players and unit sales of related
video game  cartridges.  Total  royalties from Nintendo with respect to sales of
Nintendo 64 video game players had a cap based on unit sales that was reached in
the second  quarter of fiscal 1998.  There is no cap on royalties  from NEC with
respect to its sale of  microprocessors  to Nintendo  for Nintendo 64 video game
players or on royalties from Nintendo with respect to sales of Nintendo 64 video
game  cartridges.  The  Company  anticipates  that  revenue  related to sales of
Nintendo 64 video game  cartridges  will represent a substantial  portion of its
total revenue for the next several years. However, competition in the market for
home  entertainment  products is intense and the introduction of new products or
technologies as well as shifting  consumer  preferences  could negatively impact
video  game  cartridge  sales.  There can be no  assurance  as to the amount and
timing of sales of Nintendo 64 video game  players and related  cartridges  and,
consequently,  there can be no assurance as to the royalty stream to the Company
from such sales. In particular, the eventual introduction of the next generation
Nintendo video game system is expected to result in declining  sales of Nintendo
64 video game  players  and  related  cartridges,  although  sales of video game
cartridges would be likely to continue for some time. In the near term,  factors
negatively  affecting  sales of Nintendo 64 video game  cartridges  could have a
material  adverse  effect on the Company's  results of operations  and financial
condition.

     The Company expects that royalties will continue to represent a significant
percentage  of  its  total  revenue  over  the  next  several  years  due to its
relationship with Nintendo. The amount, timing and relative mix of royalties and
contract revenue is difficult for the Company to predict.  The amount and timing
of future  royalties will depend on the adoption of the Company's  technology by
digital  consumer  product   manufacturers,   consumer  acceptance  of  products
incorporating the Company's technology, changes in the average selling prices of
semiconductor  and  digital  consumer  products  and  fluctuations  in  currency
exchange rates.  Moreover,  the Company's  royalty  arrangements  will vary from
licensee to licensee  depending on a number of factors,  including the amount of
any license fee paid and the marketing and engineering  support  required by the
licensee.  The amount and timing of future contract revenue will depend upon the
financial terms of the Company's contractual arrangements with its semiconductor
partners (which may require  significant  up-front payments or payments based on
the  achievement  of  certain  milestones)  and the  adoption  of the  Company's
technology by  semiconductor  manufacturers,  which is influenced by a number of
factors  including  competitive  conditions  in the  market  for  microprocessor
intellectual property. In addition, contract revenue may fluctuate significantly
from period to period and any  increase or decrease in such  revenue will not be
indicative of future period-to-period increases or decreases.

     The Company's  primary costs and expenses are research and  development and
sales  and  marketing.  The  Separation  has  had a  significant  impact  on the
Company's  research and development  cost structure.  Silicon  Graphics'  design
efforts  have  required  a  significant   staffing  level  because  its  complex
microprocessor  requirements  and the development and maintenance of proprietary
design tools have  demanded  large design teams.  By contrast,  the Company uses
smaller design teams and relies largely on industry standard  third-party design
tools,  which has reduced  staffing  requirements and costs. The Company reduced
its research and  development  staff from 221 persons at December 31, 1997 to 40
persons at June 30, 1998, principally due to the transfer to Silicon Graphics of
employees  engaged in the  development of next  generation  microprocessors  for
Silicon Graphics' systems as well as other staff reductions  associated with the
Company's change in strategic direction.

     Sales and marketing  expenses include  salaries,  travel expenses and costs
associated with trade shows,  advertising and other marketing efforts.  Costs of
technical  support  are also  included  in sales  and  marketing  expenses.  The
Company's sales and marketing  efforts are principally  directed at establishing
and supporting strategic relationships with semiconductor manufacturers. At June
30, 1998, the Company's sales and marketing staff totaled 16 persons.




                                       12
<PAGE>

Results of Operations -- Years Ended June 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

     Total revenue was $56.8 million,  $40.3 million and $37.0 million in fiscal
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Royalties for fiscal 1998 and 1997 consisted
of royalties from sale by semiconductor  manufacturers of products incorporating
the  Company's  technology  and from sales of Nintendo 64 video game players and
related cartridges. Revenue for fiscal 1996 consisted of royalties from the sale
by  semiconductor   manufacturers  of  products   incorporating   the  Company's
technology.  The  significant  increase in  royalties in fiscal 1998 from fiscal
1997 and in fiscal  1997 from  fiscal  1996  reflects  royalties  received  from
Nintendo  and NEC related to sales of Nintendo 64 video game players and related
cartridges.  The Company earned its first significant royalties from Nintendo 64
video game  system  sales in the third  quarter of fiscal  1997,  following  the
commercial  introduction  of that system.  In the second quarter of fiscal 1998,
royalties  from the graphics chip  included in the Nintendo game player  reached
its cap. Contract revenue for fiscal 1998 consisted  principally of license fees
related  to  code  compression   technology,   and  for  fiscal  1997  consisted
principally  of  engineering  service fees from Nintendo  related to development
efforts  for  Nintendo 64 video game  products.  Fiscal  1996  contract  revenue
included  engineering  service  fees  related  to  development  efforts  for the
Nintendo 64 video game system as well as approximately  $10.0 million in license
fees from three  licensees.  The  decrease  in  contract  revenue in fiscal 1997
reflected  substantial  completion  in fiscal 1996 of the Nintendo 64 video game
system development prior to its commercial  introduction by Nintendo.  Under the
terms of the Company's contracts with three of its semiconductor  partners, such
partners pay  royalties  to the Company on sales to Silicon  Graphics of certain
products  incorporating  the Company's  technology.  For fiscal 1998 the Company
estimates that less than 5% of its total revenue was related to such sales.  The
Company expects that revenue related to such sales will decrease in the future.

     Cost of contract  revenue was  $375,000,  $1.3  million and $5.6 million in
fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Cost of contract  revenue in fiscal
1998 was principally attributable to sublicense fees and in fiscal 1997 and 1996
was  principally  attributable  to  non-recurring  engineering  fees  related to
Nintendo 64 video game system development. The decrease in fiscal 1997 from 1996
was principally attributable to the completion in fiscal 1996 of the Nintendo 64
video game system development. The Company believes that future cost of contract
revenue will be minimal.

     Research and  development  expenses were $43.4  million,  $68.8 million and
$48.4  million in fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The  decrease in
research  and  development  expenses  in fiscal  1998 was  primarily  due to the
reduction in the Company's  research and  development  staff from 221 persons at
December 31, 1997 to 40 persons at June 30, 1998.  This  reduction  reflects the
transfer to Silicon  Graphics of employees  engaged in the  development  of next
generation  microprocessors for Silicon Graphics' systems as well as other staff
reductions  associated  with the Company's  change in strategic  direction.  The
increase in research and development expenses in fiscal 1997 was attributable to
additional  personnel,   including  consultants,   working  on  next  generation
microprocessor development projects.

     Sales and  marketing  expenses  were $5.3  million,  $6.2  million and $6.0
million in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 1998
was primarily due to a decrease in advertising and promotional spending. General
and  administrative  expenses remained  relatively  unchanged as such costs were
$4.7  million,  $4.8  million and $4.6  million in fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.

     The  restructuring  charge  taken in the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  1998
included  $500,000  in  severance  related  costs  and  $2.1  million  in  asset
write-downs related to the Company's shift in strategic direction.

     Prior to the Separation,  the Company did not have a tax sharing  agreement
in place but,  rather,  was included in the income tax returns  filed by Silicon
Graphics and its  subsidiaries  in various  domestic and foreign  jurisdictions.
Pursuant to the tax sharing  agreement,  the Company  will realize no income tax
benefit,  nor bear any income tax liability,  related to its operations prior to
the completion of its initial public offering.  Moreover, in light of historical
losses,  on a  stand-alone  basis,  the  Company's tax provision for fiscal 1998
would have been immaterial.  Therefore, no provision or benefit for income taxes
has been  recorded  for the  periods  presented  in the  accompanying  financial
statements.

Impact of Currency

     Certain of the Company's  international  licensees  pay royalties  based on
revenues that are reported in a local  currency  (currently  yen) and translated
into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect when such revenues are reported
by the  licensee.  To date,  substantially  all of the  Company's  revenue  from
international  customers has been denominated in U.S. dollars.  However,  to the
extent that sales to digital consumer product manufacturers by the


                                       13
<PAGE>

Company's   manufacturing   partners  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,
royalties received by the Company on such sales could be subject to fluctuations
in  currency  exchange  rates.  In  addition,  if  the  effective  price  of the
technology  sold by the Company to its partners  were to increase as a result of
fluctuations  in foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  demand  for the  Company's
technology could fall which would, in turn, reduce the Company's royalties.  The
Company is unable to predict the amount of non-U.S.  dollar denominated  revenue
earned by its licensees and, therefore, has not attempted to mitigate the effect
that currency fluctuations may have on its royalty revenue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     On July 6, 1998 the  Company  completed  its  initial  public  offering  of
5,500,000 shares ot its common stock. Of the 5,500,000 shares offered, 1,250,000
shares were offered by the Company and 4,250,000  shares were offered by Silicon
Graphics.  The  Company  raised  approximately  $16M  from  the  initial  public
offering.  The  Company's  principal  capital  requirements  are to fund working
capital needs and capital expenditures in order to support the Company's revenue
growth.  Prior to its initial public offering and during the periods  presented,
these  capital  requirements  have been  satisfied by funds  provided by Silicon
Graphics.  Silicon Graphics  historically has performed cash management services
for the  Company,  whereby  the  Company's  cash flow was  directed  to  Silicon
Graphics and Silicon Graphics provided cash to the Company to fund its operating
expenses and capital expenditures. Subsequent to the Separation, the Company has
not  participated  in Silicon  Graphics'  cash  management  system  and  Silicon
Graphics  has not  provided  additional  funds to the  Company  to  finance  its
operations.

     The Company's  future  liquidity and capital  requirements  are expected to
vary greatly from quarter to quarter, depending on numerous factors,  including,
among others, the cost, timing and success of product development  efforts,  the
cost and  timing  of sales and  marketing  activities,  the  extent to which the
Company's  existing and new technologies gain market  acceptance,  the level and
timing of contract  revenues and royalties,  competing  technological and market
developments  and the costs of maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other
intellectual  property  rights.  The Company believes that cash generated by its
operations,  together  with the net  proceeds  to the  Company  from its initial
public offering,  will be sufficient to meet its projected operating and capital
requirements.  The Company may elect to raise additional funds through public or
private financing,  strategic  relationships or other  arrangements.  Additional
equity  financing  may be  dilutive  to holders of the  Common  Stock,  and debt
financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants.  Moreover, strategic
relationships,  if necessary  to raise  additional  funds,  may require that the
Company relinquish its rights to certain of its technologies. As long as Silicon
Graphics desires to maintain its percentage  ownership  interest in the Company,
the  Company  may be  constrained  in its  ability  to  issue  Common  Stock  in
connection  with  acquisitions  or to raise equity  capital.  Any failure of the
Company to raise capital when needed could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     The Company has had no direct third-party indebtedness. The Company intends
to  enter  into a  revolving  credit  facility  with a bank or  other  financial
institution to provide for certain of its working capital needs.

Year 2000 Compliance

     The  Company  is  currently  examining  the Year 2000  issue.  The  Company
believes  its  products  are  Year  2000  compliant;  however,  the  Company  is
initiating a program to prepare its  information  technology  ("IT") and related
non-IT and  processes  for the Year 2000 and plans to have  changes to  critical
systems  completed by the third  quarter of calendar year 1999 to allow time for
testing.

      Management  is  assessing  the Year 2000  project  costs and  expects  the
assessment to be complete by the end of the second  quarter of fiscal 1999,  but
based on  preliminary  estimates,  the costs of any  necessary  actions  are not
expected to be material to the  Company's  results of  operations  or  financial
condition.

     The Company intends to cooperate with its manufacturing partners and others
with which it does business to coordinate Year 2000 compliance with  operational
processes and marketed products,  although the Company is unable to evaluate the
Year 2000 compliance of products and technology  developed by third parties that
incorporates the Company's  technology.  To the extent that any such third-party
product  or  technology  fails to be Year 2000  compliant,  the  Company  may be
adversely  affected due to its association with such product or technology.  The
Company will also be contacting  critical  suppliers of products and services to
determine  that the  suppliers'  operations  and the products and services  they
provide  are Year 2000  capable or to monitor  their  progress  toward Year 2000
capability.  There can be no assurance that another  company's failure to ensure
Year 2000 capability would not have an adverse effect on the Company.


                                       14
<PAGE>

Factors That May Affect Our Business

     Risks  Associated with Recent Shift in Strategic  Direction.  The Company's
research  and  development  efforts   historically   focused  primarily  on  the
development of  high-performance  microprocessor and related designs for Silicon
Graphics'  workstations  and  servers.  However,  as  the  cost  to  design  and
manufacture  microprocessors  based on the Company's technology  decreased,  the
Company has sought to  penetrate  the market for  high-volume,  high-performance
embedded  applications  by  supporting  and  coordinating  the  efforts  of  its
semiconductor  partners in that area. In connection  with the Separation and the
Offering,  the Company has  formulated  a new  strategic  direction in which its
primary focus is the  development  of  microprocessors  and related  designs for
applications in the embedded market, including digital consumer products such as
video game products,  handheld personal computers and digital set-top boxes. The
design  and  development  of  high-performance   microprocessors  for  the  next
generation  Silicon  Graphics'  product  line is carried out by persons who have
been  transferred to Silicon  Graphics in connection  with the  Separation.  The
Company's shift in strategic  direction  involves  several risks,  including (i)
increased  reliance on the  evolving  and highly  competitive  digital  consumer
products  industry;  (ii) the need for the Company to refocus its  research  and
development efforts from microprocessors primarily for high-performance computer
systems  to  microprocessors  and  related  designs  for use in a wide  range of
digital consumer products; and (iii) increased importance of the Company's sales
and marketing activities and its limited experience in this area. Any failure by
the  Company to  adequately  address  any of these  risks  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  results of operations and financial
condition.

     Limited  Relevance of  Historical  Financial  Information.  The  historical
financial  information  included  herein,  particularly for periods prior to the
third quarter of fiscal 1998, does not reflect the many  significant  changes in
the Company's cost structure that occurred as a result of the Separation and the
Company's  recent shift in strategic  direction nor the changes that occurred in
the  funding  and  operations  of the  Company  due to its status as a separate,
stand-alone  entity.  The Company has reduced its research and development staff
from 221  persons at  December  31,  1997 to 40 persons at June 30,  1998.  This
reduction  primarily  reflects  the  transfer to Silicon  Graphics of  employees
engaged  in the  development  of next  generation  microprocessors  for  Silicon
Graphics'  systems.  Because the employees  transferred to Silicon Graphics were
primarily  engaged in research and development  activities that did not generate
any material  revenue for the Company,  however,  the reduction in the Company's
research and  development  staff  resulting from the Separation and the shift in
strategic  direction is not expected to have a material  effect on the Company's
revenue in future  periods.  In addition,  sales and  marketing  activities  are
expected  to  increase  as the  Company  shifts  its  focus  from the  design of
microprocessors  addressing  the needs of Silicon  Graphics to the  development,
marketing and licensing of microprocessor and related designs for a wide variety
of applications in the digital consumer products industry.

     Unpredictable and Fluctuating  Operating Results.  The Company  experiences
significant  fluctuations in its quarterly operating results due to a variety of
factors, many of which are outside of its control. Moreover, because many of the
Company's  revenue  components  fluctuate  and are  difficult to predict and the
Company's  expenses  are largely  independent  of its revenue in any  particular
period,  it is  difficult  for the  Company  to  accurately  forecast  operating
results.  The  Company's  revenue in any  particular  quarter is  dependent on a
number of  factors,  including  the demand  for and  average  selling  prices of
semiconductor products that incorporate the Company's technology,  the financial
terms of the Company's contractual  arrangements with its semiconductor partners
(which may  require  significant  up-front  payments  or  payments  based on the
achievement  of certain  milestones),  the relative mix of contract  revenue and
royalties,  and  competitive  pressures  resulting in lower contract  revenue or
royalty rates. In addition,  contract revenue may fluctuate  significantly  from
period to period  and any  increase  or  decrease  in such  revenue  will not be
indicative  of future  period-to-period  increases  or  decreases.  Because  the
Company's  expense  levels  are based,  in part,  on  management's  expectations
regarding future revenue,  if revenue is below expectations in any quarter,  the
adverse effect may be magnified by the Company's inability to adjust spending in
a timely manner to compensate for any such revenue shortfall.

     Factors that may adversely affect the Company's quarterly operating results
include   the   Company's   ability  to  develop,   introduce   and  market  new
microprocessor  intellectual property, the demand for and average selling prices
of  semiconductor  products  that  incorporate  the  Company's  technology,  the
establishment   or   loss  of   strategic   relationships   with   semiconductor
manufacturing partners or manufacturers of digital consumer products, the timing
of new products  and product  enhancements  by the Company and its  competitors,
changes in the Company's and digital consumer product manufacturers' development
schedules and levels of  expenditures  on research and  development  and product
support  and general  economic  conditions.  As a result,  the  Company's  total
revenue and 


                                       15
<PAGE>

operating  results in any future period cannot be predicted with certainty,  and
its  operating  results  in any  quarter  may not be  indicative  of its  future
performance.  Moreover,  the Company expects to experience seasonal fluctuations
in its revenue and operating results.

     Revenue  Concentration.  The  Company is  subject to revenue  concentration
risks at both the product and  semiconductor  manufacturing  partner levels.  To
date, a substantial portion of the Company's total revenue has been derived from
contract  revenue and royalties  earned on sales of video game products that use
the Company's RISC-based microprocessor technology. In particular, royalties and
contract  revenue  from  Nintendo and NEC relating to sales of Nintendo 64 video
game  players  and  related  cartridges  accounted  for 79%,  69% and 23% of the
Company's total revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

     The  Company  anticipates  that  royalties  related to sales of Nintendo 64
video game cartridges will represent a substantial  portion of its total revenue
for the  next  several  years.  However,  competition  in the  market  for  home
entertainment  products  is intense  and the  introduction  of new  products  or
technologies, as well as shifting consumer preferences,  could negatively impact
Nintendo 64 video game  cartridge  sales.  There can be no  assurance  as to the
amount  and  timing of sales of  Nintendo  64 video  game  players  and  related
cartridges and, consequently, there can be no assurance as to the royalty stream
to the Company from such sales. In particular,  the eventual introduction of the
next  generation  Nintendo  video game system is expected to result in declining
sales of Nintendo 64 video game players and related  cartridges,  although sales
of video game cartridges  would be likely to continue for some time. In the near
term,  factors  negatively  affecting sales of Nintendo 64 video game cartridges
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's  results of operations and
financial condition.

     Although the Company  expects that an increasingly  significant  portion of
its future revenue will be related to sales of digital consumer products such as
handheld  personal  computers  and  set-top  boxes as well as other  video  game
products,  there  can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  technology  will be
selected for design into any such products.  Accordingly, the Company may remain
significantly  dependent on revenue related to sales of video game products. The
identity of significant products may vary from period to period depending on the
addition  of new  contracts  and the  number  of  designs  using  the  Company's
technology.

     A  significant  portion  of the  Company's  total  revenue  has been and is
expected  to  continue  to be  derived  from a limited  number of  semiconductor
manufacturers.  For the fiscal  years ended June 30,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  NEC
accounted for  approximately  13%, 23% and 31%,  respectively,  of the Company's
total  revenue.  The Company  believes  that NEC will  continue to  represent in
excess of 10% of its total revenue for at least the next several years, although
NEC is not obligated to continue  using the Company's  technology in its current
or  future   products.   Because  there  is  a  relatively   limited  number  of
semiconductor manufacturers to which the Company could license its technology on
a basis  consistent  with its business  model,  it is likely that the  Company's
revenue will  continue to be  concentrated  at the  semiconductor  manufacturing
partner  level.  This  revenue  concentration  for any  given  period  will vary
depending on the addition or expiration  of contracts,  the nature and timing of
payments  due under  such  contracts  and the  volumes  and  prices at which the
Company's partners sell products incorporating its technology.  Accordingly, the
identity of  particular  manufacturing  partners  that will account for any such
revenue  concentration  will vary from period to period and may be  difficult to
predict.

     Seasonality.  Because  revenue  related to sales of  Nintendo 64 video game
cartridges is expected to represent a substantial portion of the Company's total
revenue over the next several years, the Company expects to experience  seasonal
fluctuations in its revenue and operating  results.  The Company records royalty
revenue from Nintendo in the quarter  following the sale of the related Nintendo
64 video game cartridge.  Because a disproportionate amount of Nintendo 64 video
game cartridges are typically sold in the Company's second fiscal quarter (which
includes the holiday selling season), a disproportionate amount of the Company's
revenue and  operating  income is  expected  to be realized in its third  fiscal
quarter.  In  addition,  as the Company  increases  its focus on  microprocessor
intellectual property for high-volume digital consumer products, the Company can
be expected  to continue to  experience  similar  seasonal  fluctuations  in its
revenue and operating results.

     Intellectual Property Matters. The Company regards its patents, copyrights,
mask work rights, trademarks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property as
critical  to its  success,  and relies on a  combination  of patent,  trademark,
copyright,  mask work and trade secret laws to protect its  proprietary  rights.
Any  failure of the  Company to obtain or maintain  adequate  protection  of its
intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect
on its business,  results of operations and financial condition.  Subject to the
grant of a license to Silicon Graphics,  the Company owns  approximately 51 U.S.
patents on various aspects of its technology, with expiration dates ranging


                                       16
<PAGE>

from 2006 to 2015,  approximately 24 pending U.S. patent applications as well as
all  foreign  counterparts  relating  thereto.  There can be no  assurance  that
patents will issue from any patent applications  submitted by the Company,  that
any  patents  held  by the  Company  will  not  be  challenged,  invalidated  or
circumvented  or that any claims  allowed from its patents will be of sufficient
scope or strength to provide meaningful  protection or any commercial  advantage
to the Company.  In addition,  there can be no assurance that third parties will
not assert claims of  infringement  against the Company or against the Company's
semiconductor  manufacturing  partners  in  connection  with  their  use  of the
Company's  technology.  Such claims,  even those  without  merit,  could be time
consuming,  result in costly litigation and/or require the Company to enter into
royalty or  licensing  agreements.  Such  royalty or  licensing  agreements,  if
required,  may not be available on terms  acceptable to the Company,  or at all.
Moreover,  the laws of certain  foreign  countries may not protect the Company's
intellectual  property  to the same  extent as do the laws of the United  States
and, because of the importance of the Company's  intellectual property rights to
its business, this could have a material adverse effect on its business, results
of operations and financial condition.

     The Company  also uses  licensing  agreements  and employee and third party
nondisclosure  and assignment  agreements to limit access to and distribution of
its proprietary  information and to obtain ownership of technology prepared on a
work-for-hire  basis.  There can be no  assurance  that the  steps  taken by the
Company to protect its  intellectual  property  rights will be adequate to deter
misappropriation  of such  rights  or that the  Company  will be able to  detect
unauthorized  uses and take immediate or effective  steps to enforce its rights.
There can also be no  assurance  that the steps  taken by the  Company to obtain
ownership of contributed  intellectual property will be sufficient to assure its
ownership of all proprietary rights. The Company also relies on unpatented trade
secrets to protect its  proprietary  technology.  No assurance can be given that
others  will  not  independently  develop  or  otherwise  acquire  the  same  or
substantially  equivalent technologies or otherwise gain access to the Company's
proprietary  technology  or  disclose  such  technology  or that the Company can
ultimately  protect its rights to such  unpatented  proprietary  technology.  In
addition,  no assurance  can be given that third  parties will not obtain patent
rights to such  unpatented  trade secrets,  which patent rights could be used to
assert  infringement  claims against the Company.  From time to time the Company
has entered, and in the future may enter, into cross licensing arrangements with
others,  pursuant  to which the  Company  licenses  certain  of its  patents  in
exchange for patent licenses from such licensees.  Although these types of cross
licensing  arrangements  are  common  in the  semiconductor  and  microprocessor
industries,  and do not  generally  provide for  transfers  of know-how or other
proprietary  information,  such  arrangements may facilitate the ability of such
licensees,  either alone or in conjunction with others,  to develop  competitive
products and designs.

     The Company and Silicon Graphics have entered into arrangements pursuant to
which certain intellectual property was assigned to the Company,  subject to the
grant of a license  to  Silicon  Graphics;  certain  intellectual  property  was
retained by Silicon Graphics,  subject to the grant of a license to the Company;
and certain  intellectual  property was retained by Silicon Graphics without any
ongoing  interest  to the  Company.  The  Company's  inability  to  use  Silicon
Graphics'  intellectual  property  in the future  could have a material  adverse
affect on its business and results of  operations.  In the past,  the MIPS Group
has benefited from its status as a division of Silicon Graphics in its access to
the  intellectual  property of third parties through  licensing  arrangements or
otherwise,  and in the  negotiation of the financial and other terms of any such
arrangements.  As a result of the Separation, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to negotiate commercially  attractive intellectual property
licensing  arrangements  with third parties in the future,  particularly  if the
Company  ceases  to be a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of  Silicon  Graphics.  In
addition,  in  connection  with any future  intellectual  property  infringement
claims, the Company will not have the benefit of asserting  counterclaims  based
on Silicon Graphics'  intellectual  property portfolio,  nor will the Company be
able to provide licenses to Silicon Graphics'  intellectual property in order to
resolve such claims.

     Lack of Independent  Operating History. The Company has never operated as a
stand-alone  company. The Company continues to be a majority owned subsidiary of
Silicon Graphics,  however,  Silicon Graphics will have no obligation to provide
assistance to the Company. The Company will be required to develop and implement
the operational,  administrative and other systems and infrastructure  necessary
to support its current and future  business.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to develop the necessary systems and infrastructure and any
failure to do so could have an adverse effect on the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition.



                                       17
<PAGE>

     New Product Development and Technological  Change. The Company's success is
highly  dependent on its ability to develop  enhancements and new generations of
its microprocessor intellectual property, introduce them to the marketplace in a
timely manner, and have them incorporated into  semiconductor  products that are
ultimately  selected  for design into the products of leading  digital  consumer
product manufacturers.  There can be no assurance that the Company's development
efforts will be successful  or that the  characteristics  of its  microprocessor
intellectual  property  will  satisfy  those that may be  critical  to  specific
applications  in  the  embedded  market.   To  the  extent  that  the  Company's
development   efforts   are   unsuccessful   or  the   characteristics   of  its
microprocessor intellectual property are not compatible with the requirements of
specific digital consumer  product  applications,  its ability to achieve design
wins may be  limited.  Failure to achieve  sufficient  design  wins could have a
material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  results of operations and
financial condition.

     Technical  innovations  of the type critical to the  Company's  success are
inherently  complex.  Any  failure  by the  Company  to  anticipate  or  respond
adequately  to  changes  in  the   requirements  of  digital   consumer  product
manufacturers or in the semiconductor  manufacturing process, or any significant
delays in the  development or introduction  of new  microprocessor  intellectual
property,  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.  Moreover,  significant technical
innovations  generally require a substantial  investment before their commercial
viability is  determined.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will have
the  financial   resources   necessary  to  fund  the  future   development   of
microprocessor and related designs. In addition,  there can be no assurance that
any  enhancements  or new  generations  of the  Company's  technology,  even  if
successfully  developed,  will  generate  revenue  in  excess  of the  costs  of
development  or  not  be  quickly   rendered   obsolete  by  changing   consumer
preferences, the introduction of products embodying new technologies or features
or other  technological  developments in the  semiconductor and digital consumer
products industries.

     Dependence on Digital  Consumer  Products  Industry.  The digital  consumer
products  industry will be the primary  market for the Company's  microprocessor
and related designs.  The Company's  success will be dependent upon the level of
consumer  acceptance of the products that incorporate its technology,  which may
be affected by changing  consumer  preferences and the  introduction of products
embodying new  technologies or features.  In addition,  certain digital consumer
products  such as video game  products  may present  limited  opportunities  for
design wins due to a limited number of product  manufacturers  and the length of
product  life  cycles.  Many  applications  in  the  digital  consumer  products
industry,  such as handheld  personal  computers  and set-top  boxes,  have only
recently been  introduced  to the market and the level of consumer  interest and
acceptance  is difficult to predict.  Factors  negatively  affecting the digital
consumer products industry and the demand for digital consumer products, such as
the  failure to develop  industry  standards  for  hardware  and  software or to
achieve adequate  product cost reductions,  could have a material adverse effect
on the  Company's  business,  results of  operations  and  financial  condition.
Moreover,  to the extent that the  performance,  functionality,  price and power
characteristics  of the  Company's  microprocessor  designs do not satisfy those
that may be critical to specific  digital  consumer  product  applications,  the
Company's  dependence on the digital consumer  products  industry may be further
confined to a limited segment of that industry.

     Reliance on  Manufacturing  Partners.  The Company does not  manufacture or
sell microprocessors containing its technology. Rather, the Company licenses its
technology  to  semiconductor   manufacturers  that  incorporate  the  Company's
technology  into the  products  they sell.  In some cases,  these  manufacturing
partners also add custom integration services and derivative design technologies
to the Company's microprocessor designs.  Accordingly,  the Company's success is
substantially  dependent on the adoption and continued use of its  technology by
semiconductor  manufacturers.  The Company  faces  numerous  risks in  obtaining
agreements  with  semiconductor  manufacturers  on  terms  consistent  with  its
business model,  including,  among others,  the lengthy and expensive process of
building a relationship  with a potential  partner before there is any assurance
of an agreement;  persuading large semiconductor companies to work with, to rely
for critical technology on, and to disclose proprietary manufacturing technology
to, the Company;  and persuading  potential partners to bear certain development
costs  associated  with  the  Company's  technology  and to make  the  necessary
investment to successfully produce embedded  microprocessors using the Company's
technology.  Moreover, none of the Company's manufacturing partners is obligated
to license new or future generations of the Company's microprocessor designs.

     The Company is also subject to many risks beyond its control that influence
the  success  of its  semiconductor  manufacturing  partners,  including,  among
others, the highly  competitive  environment in which its current and any future
partners operate, the market for their products and the engineering capabilities
and  financial and other  resources of its  partners.  The Company also believes
that its  principal  competition  may  come  from  semiconductor


                                       18
<PAGE>

manufacturers,  including its current  manufacturing  partners  that  internally
develop products using similar or alternative technologies. Any such competition
may adversely  affect the Company's  existing  relationships  and its ability to
establish new relationships.  Moreover, the Company's relationships with certain
of its  existing  partners may be  negatively  affected by its  separation  from
Silicon  Graphics,  insofar as Silicon  Graphics'  status as a customer  of such
partners has been a factor in establishing and maintaining such relationships or
in  negotiating  the financial and other terms of the  contractual  arrangements
with such partners.

     The Company currently has seven semiconductor manufacturing partners. There
can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  successful  in  maintaining
relationships  with its current  manufacturing  partners or in entering into new
relationships with additional partners.  Any failure by the Company to establish
or  maintain  such  relationships  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     Dependence on Digital Consumer Product Manufacturers. The timing and amount
of royalties  received by the Company is directly  affected by sales of consumer
products  incorporating  the Company's  technology.  Accordingly,  the Company's
success is  substantially  dependent  upon the  adoption  of its  technology  by
digital  consumer  product  manufacturers.  The Company is subject to many risks
beyond its control that influence the success or failure of a particular digital
consumer product manufacturer, including, among others, competition faced by the
manufacturer in its particular industry; market acceptance of the manufacturer's
products;  the  engineering,   marketing  and  management  capabilities  of  the
manufacturer;  technical  challenges unrelated to the Company's technology faced
by the  manufacturer  in developing  its  products;  and the financial and other
resources  of the  manufacturer.  The  process of  persuading  digital  consumer
product manufacturers to adopt the Company's technology can be lengthy and, even
if adopted, there can be no assurance that the Company's technology will be used
in  a  product  that  is  ultimately  brought  to  market,  achieves  commercial
acceptance  or results in  meaningful  royalties to the Company.  The failure of
manufacturers in the digital consumer  products  industry to adopt the Company's
technology for  incorporation  into their products could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore,  because the Company does not control the business practices of its
licensees,  it has no ability  to  establish  the  prices at which the  products
incorporating  its  technology are made  available to digital  consumer  product
manufacturers  or the  degree  to which  its  licensees  promote  the  Company's
technology to such manufacturers.

     Competition.  Competition  in the market for  embedded  microprocessors  is
intense.  The Company  believes  that the principal  competitive  factors in the
industry  are  performance,  functionality,  price,  customizability  and  power
consumption.  The Company  competes  primarily  against ARM  Holdings  plc.  and
Hitachi  Semiconductor  (America) Inc. The Company also competes against certain
semiconductor  manufacturers  whose product lines  include  microprocessors  for
embedded and non-embedded  applications,  including Intel Corporation,  National
Semiconductor  Corporation,  Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Motorola,  Inc. In
addition,  the Company must continue to  differentiate  its  microprocessor  and
related designs from those available or under development by the internal design
groups of  semiconductor  manufacturers,  including its current and  prospective
manufacturing  partners.  Many of these internal design groups have  substantial
programming  and design  resources and are part of larger  organizations,  which
have substantial  financial and marketing  resources.  There can be no assurance
that internal design groups will not develop products that compete directly with
those of the Company or will not actively seek to license  their own  technology
to third-party semiconductor manufacturers. Certain of the Company's competitors
have greater name  recognition  and customer bases as well as greater  financial
and marketing  resources than the Company,  and such competition could adversely
affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

     Dependence on Key Personnel.  The Company's  success depends in part on the
continued  contributions of its key management,  technical,  sales and marketing
personnel,  many of whom  are  highly  skilled  and  difficult  to  replace.  In
addition, the Company's business plan requires, and its future operating results
depend in  significant  part upon, the  identification  and hiring of additional
highly skilled personnel,  particularly  technical personnel for its anticipated
research  and  development  activities.  Competition  for  qualified  personnel,
particularly  those  with  significant   experience  in  the  semiconductor  and
microprocessor design industries, is intense. The loss of the services of any of
the key personnel,  the inability to attract and retain  qualified  personnel in
the  future or delays in hiring  personnel,  particularly  technical  personnel,
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  operating
results and financial condition.



                                       19
<PAGE>

     Risks Associated with International  Operations.  A substantial  portion of
the Company's revenue is derived from outside the United States.  For the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  revenue from  customers  outside the
United States, primarily in Japan,  represented  approximately 90%, 87% and 83%,
respectively,  of the Company's  total  revenue.  The Company  anticipates  that
revenue  from  international  customers  primarily  in Asia,  will  continue  to
represent a substantial portion of its total revenue. To date, substantially all
of the Company's  revenue from  international  customers has been denominated in
U.S.  dollars.  However,  to the extent that sales to digital  consumer  product
manufacturers by the Company's manufacturing partners are denominated in foreign
currencies,  royalties received by the Company on such sales could be subject to
fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In addition,  if the effective price of
the technology  sold by the Company to its partners were to increase as a result
of fluctuations  in foreign  currency  exchange rates,  demand for the Company's
technology could fall which would, in turn, reduce the Company's royalties.  The
Company is unable to predict the amount of non-U.S.  dollar denominated  revenue
earned by its licensees.  Therefore,  the Company has not historically attempted
to mitigate the effect that currency  fluctuations may have on its revenue,  and
does not presently intend to do so in the future.  The relative  significance of
the  Company's  international  operations  exposes it to a number of  additional
risks including political and economic  instability,  longer accounts receivable
collection periods and greater difficulty in collection of accounts  receivable,
reduced  or  limited  protection  for  intellectual  property,   export  license
requirements,  tariffs  and other trade  barriers  and  potentially  adverse tax
consequences.  Several  countries  in Asia are  experiencing  a severe  economic
crisis,  characterized by reduced economic activity,  lack of liquidity,  highly
volatile  foreign  currency  exchange  and  interest  rates and  unstable  stock
markets. Several of the Company's semiconductor partners sell products into Asia
that incorporate the Company's  microprocessor and related designs. Any negative
impact  of the  circumstances  in Asia on its  sales  of  such  products  by the
Company's  semiconductor  partners  could have a negative  impact on its royalty
revenue.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to sustain
revenue derived from international  customers or that the foregoing factors will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  operating results
and financial condition.

     Management  of Growth.  The  Company  has  limited  managerial,  financial,
engineering and other  resources and may not be equipped to manage  successfully
any future  periods of rapid growth or  expansion.  In addition,  the  Company's
business  plan  requires  that it identify and hire  additional  highly  skilled
technical  personnel  during fiscal 1999 to staff its  anticipated  research and
development   activities.   Recruitment  and  integration  of  these  additional
employees,  as well as any future  periods of rapid growth or expansion,  can be
expected to place significant strains on the Company's  resources,  which may be
exacerbated  by the  Company's  recent  shift in  strategic  direction.  Digital
consumer  product   manufacturers   as  well  as  the  Company's   semiconductor
manufacturing partners typically require significant  engineering support in the
design,   testing  and  manufacture  of  products  incorporating  the  Company's
technology.  As a  result,  any  increase  in  the  adoption  of  the  Company's
technology will increase the strain on the Company's personnel, particularly its
engineers.  The  Company's  future  growth  will also  depend on its  ability to
implement operational,  financial and management information and control systems
and  procedures  necessary to operate as a  stand-alone  company and without the
financial,   operational,   managerial  and  administrative  support  previously
provided by Silicon Graphics.


Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

     Not Applicable.


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.





                                       20
<PAGE>

                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders   
  of MIPS Technologies, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of MIPS Technologies,  Inc.
(the  "Company")  as of June 30, 1998 and 1997,  and the related  statements  of
operations,  stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period  ended June 30, 1998.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of MIPS Technologies,  Inc. at
June 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three  years in the period  ended June 30, 1998 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.




                                                           /S/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California
July 20, 1998


                                       21
<PAGE>

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                        (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           June 30,
                                                                   -----------------------
                                                                      1998          1997
                                                                   ---------     ---------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>   
                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash ........................................................    $      45      $   --
  Accounts receivable .........................................          250           381
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................          618         2,775
                                                                   ---------     ---------
      Total current assets ....................................          913         3,156
Equipment and furniture, net ..................................        2,787        15,190
Employee notes receivable .....................................          996         1,328
                                                                   ---------     ---------
                                                                   $   4,696     $  19,674
                                                                   =========     =========

                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable ............................................    $   3,087     $   5,834
  Accrued liabilities .........................................        2,356         5,437
  Current portion of capital lease obligations ................         --             331
                                                                   ---------     ---------
      Total current liabilities ...............................        5,443        11,602

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock, $0.001 par value: 150,000,000 shares
    authorized; 36,000,000 shares issued and outstanding ......           36            36
  Additional paid-in capital ..................................      120,041       129,236
  Accumulated deficit .........................................     (120,824)     (121,200)
                                                                   ---------     ---------
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................         (747)        8,072
                                                                   ---------     ---------
                                                                   $   4,696     $  19,674
                                                                   =========     =========
</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Years Ended June 30,
                                                 ----------------------------------
                                                   1998         1997         1996
                                                 --------     --------     --------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>     
Revenue:
    Royalties ...............................    $ 55,980     $ 37,192     $ 19,716
    Contract revenue ........................         830        3,115       17,327
                                                 --------     --------     --------
        Total revenue .......................      56,810       40,307       37,043
Costs and expenses (see Note 11
  regarding related party transactions with
  Silicon Graphics):
    Cost of contract revenue ................         375        1,345        5,580
    Research and development ................      43,446       68,827       48,402
    Sales and marketing .....................       5,307        6,170        6,026
    General and administrative ..............       4,685        4,750        4,601
    Restructuring charge ....................       2,614         --           --   
                                                 --------     --------     --------
        Total costs and expenses ............      56,427       81,092       64,609
                                                 --------     --------     --------
Operating income (loss) .....................         383      (40,785)     (27,566)
Interest expense ............................          (7)         (50)         (99)
                                                 --------     --------     --------
Net income (loss) ...........................    $    376     $(40,835)    $(27,665)
                                                 ========     ========     ========
Net income (loss) per basic and diluted share    $   0.01     $  (1.13)    $  (0.77)
                                                 ========     ========     ========
Common shares outstanding-basic .............      36,000       36,000       36,000
                                                 ========     ========     ========
Common shares outstanding-diluted ...........      36,033       36,000       36,000
                                                 ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                   STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Total
                                                 Additional                Stockholders'
                                     Common       Paid-in-    Accumulated      Equity
                                      Stock       Capital       Deficit       (Deficit)
                                    ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>       
Balances at June 30, 1995 ......    $      36    $  48,928     $ (52,700)    $  (3,736)
    Net loss ...................         --           --         (27,665)      (27,665)
    Net financing provided from
      Silicon Graphics .........         --         35,254          --          35,254
                                    ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------
Balances at June 30, 1996 ......           36       84,182       (80,365)        3,853
    Net loss ...................         --           --         (40,835)      (40,835)
    Net financing provided from
      Silicon Graphics .........         --         45,054          --          45,054
                                    ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------
Balances at June 30, 1997 ......           36      129,236      (121,200)        8,072
    Net income .................         --           --             376           376
    Net financing returned to
      Silicon Graphics .........         --         (1,965)         --          (1,965)
    Net equipment transferred to
      Silicon Graphics .........         --         (7,230)         --          (7,230)
                                    ---------    ---------     ---------     ---------
Balances at June 30, 1998 ......    $      36    $ 120,041     $(120,824)    $    (747)
                                    =========    =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>






                             See accompanying notes.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Years ended June 30,
                                                                     ----------------------------------
                                                                       1998         1997         1996
                                                                     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>      
Operating activities:
  Net income (loss) .............................................    $    376     $(40,835)    $(27,665)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
    provided by (used in) operations:
    Depreciation ................................................       5,044        7,343        8,201
    Restructuring charge ........................................       2,114         --           --   
    Other non-cash charges ......................................         362           99           28
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable .......................................         131          146         (218)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................       2,157         (728)        (300)
      Employee notes receivable .................................          92       (1,332)        --   
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..................      (5,828)         574       (7,214)
                                                                     --------     --------     --------
        Net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities,
          excluding Silicon Graphics financing ..................       4,448      (34,733)     (27,168)
Investing activities-- capital expenditures .....................      (2,107)      (9,913)      (7,257)
Financing activities:
  Payments on capital lease obligations .........................        (331)        (408)        (829)
  Net financing provided from (returned to) Silicon Graphics ....      (1,965)      45,054       35,254
                                                                     --------     --------     --------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .....      (2,296)      44,646       34,425
Net increase in cash ............................................          45         --           --   
Cash, beginning of year .........................................        --           --           --   
                                                                     --------     --------     --------
Cash, end of year ...............................................    $     45     $   --       $   --
                                                                     ========     ========     ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Net equipment transferred to Silicon Graphics ...............    $  7,230     $   --       $   --
                                                                     ========     ========     ========
    Interest paid ...............................................    $     13     $     50     $     99
                                                                     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>




                             See accompanying notes.


                                       25
<PAGE>


                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1.  Formation and Description of Business

     Formation of MIPS Technologies, Inc. (the "Company"). In June 1992, Silicon
Graphics formed the Company following the merger of MIPS Computer Systems,  Inc.
into Silicon  Graphics,  which was accounted  for as pooling of interests.  MIPS
Computer  Systems,  Inc.  was  founded in 1984 and was engaged in the design and
development  of RISC  microprocessors  for the  computer  systems  and  embedded
markets. Silicon Graphics adopted the MIPS architecture for its computer systems
in 1988  and  acquired  MIPS  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  in 1992.  Following  the
acquisition, Silicon Graphics continued the MIPS microprocessor business through
its MIPS Group (a division of Silicon Graphics),  which focused primarily on the
development   of   high-performance   microprocessors   for  Silicon   Graphics'
workstations and servers.  Until the last few years, cost considerations limited
the broader  use of these  microprocessors.  However,  as the cost to design and
manufacture  microprocessors  based on the MIPS technology  decreased,  the MIPS
Group  sought to penetrate  the consumer  market,  both through  supporting  and
coordinating the efforts of the MIPS semiconductor partners and most notably, by
partnering  with Nintendo in its design of the Nintendo 64 video game player and
related  cartridges.  Revenues  related to sales of Nintendo 64 game players and
related  cartridges  currently  account  for  the  substantial  majority  of the
Company's  revenue.  In order to  increase  the  focus of the MIPS  Group on the
design and development of microprocessor  applications dedicated to the embedded
market,  in December  1997,  Silicon  Graphics  initiated a plan to separate the
business of the MIPS Group from its other operations.

     In  April  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company   approved  a
transaction,  pursuant to which, Silicon Graphics transferred to the Company the
assets and liabilities  related to the design and development of  microprocessor
intellectual  property for embedded market applications (the  "Separation").  In
connection with the Separation,  the Company and Silicon Graphics entered into a
Corporate  Agreement  that  provides for certain  pre-emptive  rights of Silicon
Graphics to purchase shares of the Company's capital stock,  registration rights
related to shares of the Company's  capital stock owned by Silicon  Graphics and
covenants against certain actions by the Company for as long as Silicon Graphics
owns a majority of the  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock.  Furthermore,  the
Company  and Silicon  Graphics  entered  into a  Management  Services  Agreement
pursuant to which Silicon  Graphics will provide certain services to the Company
following the Separation on an interim or transitional basis.

     As of June 30, 1998,  the Company is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Silicon
Graphics.

     Basis of Presentation.  The accompanying  financial  statements reflect the
operations of the Company's predecessor,  the MIPS Group, through June 30, 1998.
The accompanying balance sheets have been prepared using the historical basis of
accounting  and  include  all  of  the  assets  and   liabilities   specifically
identifiable  to  the  Company  and,  for  certain   liabilities  that  are  not
specifically  identifiable,  estimates  have been used to  allocate a portion of
Silicon  Graphics'  liabilities to the Company.  Cash management for the Company
has been done by Silicon  Graphics on a centralized  basis and all cash provided
by Silicon  Graphics has been recorded as  interest-free  financing from Silicon
Graphics in these financial statements.

     The statements of operations  include all revenue and costs attributable to
the Company,  including a corporate  allocation of the costs of  facilities  and
employee benefits. Additionally,  incremental corporate administration,  finance
and management costs are allocated to the Company based on certain methodologies
that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances (see Note 11).

Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Use of Estimates.  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the  reporting  period.   Actual  results  inevitably  will  differ  from  those
estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

     Revenue Recognition. The Company derives revenue from fees for the transfer
of proven and reusable  intellectual  property  components or the performance of
engineering  services  to  customer  specifications.  The  Company  enters  into
licensing  agreements  that  provide  licensees  the  right to  incorporate  the
Company's  intellectual  property  


                                       26
<PAGE>


                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


components in their  products with terms and conditions  that have  historically
varied  by  licensee.  Generally  these  agreements  include  one or more of the
following elements:  (i) royalty payments,  which are payable upon the sale of a
licensee's  products,  (ii)  nonrefundable  technology  license fees,  which are
payable upon the transfer of intellectual property and (iii) engineering service
fees,  which  generally  are payable upon the Company's  achievement  of defined
milestones. No upgrades or modifications to a licensed product are provided.

     The Company  classifies  all  revenue  that  involves  the future sale of a
licensee's products as royalty revenue.  Royalty revenue generally is recognized
in the  quarter  in which a report is  received  from a licensee  detailing  the
shipments  of  products   incorporating  the  Company's   intellectual  property
components  (i.e., in the quarter  following the sale of licensed product by the
licensee).  The Company  classifies all revenue that does not involve the future
sale of a licensee's  products,  primarily license fees and engineering  service
fees, as contract revenue. License fees are recognized upon the execution of the
license  agreement and transfer of  intellectual  property,  provided no further
significant  performance  obligations  exist.  Engineering  services,  which are
performed on a best efforts  basis,  are  recognized as revenue when the defined
milestones  are completed and the milestone  payment is probable of  collection.
Milestones  have  historically  been  formulated to correlate with the estimated
level of effort and related costs have been expensed as incurred.

     Certain  license  agreements  provide  for  limited  product  support  that
consists of an  identified  customer  contact at the Company and  telephonic  or
e-mail product support.  Such support  arrangements  have been  insignificant to
date.

     Equipment  and  Furniture.  Equipment  and furniture are stated at cost and
depreciation is computed using the straight-line  method.  Useful lives of three
to seven years are used for equipment and furniture and fixtures.

     Prepaid  Expenses  and Other  Current  Assets.  Prepaid  expenses and other
current assets consist principally of amounts paid by the Company in advance for
maintenance  contracts  on  its  computer-aided  software  design  tools.  These
contracts typically cover a one-year period, over which the cost is amortized.

     Stock-Based   Compensation.   The  Company   has  adopted  the   disclosure
requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-based  Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). As allowed by SFAS 123, the Company
accounts for stock-based employee compensation  arrangements under the intrinsic
value  method  prescribed  by  Accounting   Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees"  ("APB25").  As a result,  no expense
had been  recognized  for options to purchase  common stock of Silicon  Graphics
(prior to the Separation) or of the Company granted with an exercise price equal
to fair  market  value at the date of grant or in  connection  with the  Silicon
Graphics stock purchase plan prior to the Separation  (see Note 10). For Silicon
Graphics stock options that were granted and restricted  Silicon Graphics common
stock issued at discounted prices, the Company recognizes  compensation  expense
over the vesting  period for the  difference  between  the  exercise or purchase
price and the fair market value on the measurement date.

     Earnings  per Share.  The Company  follows the  provisions  of Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS 128"). SFAS
128 requires the  presentation  of basic and fully  diluted  earnings per share.
Basic  earnings  per share is computed by dividing  income  available  to common
stockholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  that  were
outstanding  during the period.  Diluted  earnings per share is computed  giving
effect to all dilutive  potential  common shares that were  outstanding  for any
periods  presented  in  these  financial  statements.  The  Company  effected  a
360,000-for-one  split of its  common  stock  in May 1998  (see  Note  10),  and
accordingly,  the Company has  presented  share and net income  (loss) per share
data in the financial statements giving effect to that split.


                                       27
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     The  following  table sets forth the  computation  of basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Years ended June 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------
                                                            1998        1997         1996
                                                          --------    --------     --------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>      
Numerator:
  Net income (loss) available to common stockholders .    $    376    $(40,835)    $(27,665)
                                                          ========    ========     ========
Denominator:
  Shares used in computing basic net income (loss)
    per share-weighted-average shares ................      36,000      36,000       36,000
  Effect of dilutive securities-employee stock options          33        --           --   
                                                          --------    --------     --------
  Shares used in computing diluted net income (loss)
    per share-adjusted weighted-average  shares and
    common share equivalents .........................      36,033      36,000       36,000
                                                          ========    ========     ========
  Basic net income (loss) per share ..................    $   0.01    $  (1.13)    $  (0.77)
  Diluted net income (loss) per share ................    $   0.01    $  (1.13)    $  (0.77)
</TABLE>

     Recent Accounting  Pronouncements.  In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income" ("SFAS 130"), and No. 131,  "Disclosures
Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information"  ("SFAS 131"),  collectively
the  "Statements."  The Company is required to adopt these  Statements in fiscal
1999.   SFAS  130   establishes  new  standards  for  reporting  and  displaying
comprehensive income and its components. SFAS 131 requires disclosure of certain
information  regarding  operating  segments,  products and services,  geographic
areas of operation and major customers. Adoption of these Statements is expected
to have no impact on the Company's results of operations or financial condition.

     In March 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
No.  132,  "Employers'  Disclosures  about  Pensions  and  Other  Postretirement
Benefits" ("SFAS 132").  SFAS 132 does not change the recognition or measurement
of pension  or  postretirement  benefit  plans,  but  revises  and  standardizes
disclosure  requirements  for pensions and other  postretirement  benefits.  The
adoption of SFAS 132 in fiscal 1999 will have no impact on the Company's results
of operations or financial condition.

     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Financial  Instruments  and for Hedging
Activities" ("SFAS 133"), which provides  comprehensive and consistent  standard
for the recognition and measurement of derivatives and hedging  activities.  The
Company is required  to adopt SFAS 133 in fiscal 2000 and it is not  anticipated
to have an impact on the Company's results of operations or financial  condition
when adopted.

Note 3.  Business Risk and Customer Concentration

     The Company operates in the intensely competitive  semiconductor  industry,
which has been characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, short
product  life  cycles,  cyclical  market  patterns  and  heightened  foreign and
domestic  competition.  Significant  technological changes in the industry could
affect operating results adversely. Due to the Company's focus on microprocessor
designs dedicated to the embedded market,  including digital consumer  products,
the  Company  expects to  experience  seasonal  fluctuations  in its revenue and
operating results.

     The Company  markets and licenses  its  technology  to a limited  number of
customers and generally does not require collateral.  At June 30, 1998 and 1997,
one customer accounted for 100% of accounts  receivable.  During the years ended
June 30, 1998 and 1997,  revenue from two customers  represented an aggregate of
88% and 85% of total revenue,  respectively,  and during the year ended June 30,
1996,  revenue  from three  customers  represented  an aggregate of 72% of total
revenue.  The Company  expects that a significant  portion of its future revenue
will continue to be generated by a limited  number of customers.  The nonrenewal
or expiration of contracts  between the Company and its current  customers could
adversely affect near-term future operating results.


                                       28
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     A substantial  portion of the Company's  revenue is derived from  customers
outside the United  States (see Note 13). The Company  anticipates  that revenue
from international customers will continue to represent a substantial portion of
its total revenue. To date,  substantially all of the revenue from international
customers has been  denominated  in U.S.  dollars.  However,  to the extent that
sales to digital consumer product  manufacturers by the Company's  manufacturing
partners  are  denominated  in foreign  currencies,  royalties  received  by the
Company on such sales  could be subject to  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange
rates. In addition, if the effective price of the technology sold by the Company
to its partners were to increase as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates,  demand for the Company's  technology could fall which would, in
turn, reduce the Company's revenues.  The relative significance of the Company's
international  operations  exposes it to a number of additional  risks including
political  and  economic  instability,  longer  accounts  receivable  collection
periods and greater difficulty in collection of accounts receivable,  reduced or
limited  protection for  intellectual  property,  export  license  requirements,
tariffs and other trade barriers and potentially adverse tax consequences. There
can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to sustain  revenue  derived
from  international  customers  or that the  foregoing  factors  will not have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  operating  results  and
financial condition.

Note 4.  Restructuring Charge

     The  restructuring  charge  recorded in fiscal 1998 includes  approximately
$500,000 in  severance  and  related  costs (17  employees,  a majority of which
supported  research and development  activities) and $2.1 million in fixed asset
write-downs related to the Company's shift in strategic direction. Substantially
all the severance and related costs were paid and 16 employees  were  terminated
as of June 30, 1998.

Note 5.  Employee Notes Receivable

     The Company has loans  outstanding to employees and an officer.  Such loans
are  payable  upon  maturity  and have terms  ranging  from three to five years.
Approximately  $432,000  and  $776,000 of these loans at June 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively,  relate to loans that are  forgiven  by the  Company on a periodic
basis  as the  employees  or  officer  remains  employed  by the  Company.  Loan
forgiveness charged to expense was approximately  $240,000,  $99,000 and $28,000
in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Upon termination of employment, the
unamortized  balance of the loans  becomes due.  Such  forgivable  loans bear no
interest. The remaining employee loans bear interest at rates ranging from 7.19%
to 7.25% and are due on dates ranging from September 1999 to March 2002.

Note 6.  Equipment and Furniture

     The components of equipment and furniture are as follows (in thousands):

                                                          June 30,
                                                  ------------------------
                                                    1998            1997
                                                  --------        --------
     Equipment ............................       $  7,990        $ 45,918
     Equipment under capital lease ........           --             1,198
     Furniture and fixtures ...............            421             516
                                                  --------        --------
                                                     8,411          47,632
     Accumulated depreciation .............         (5,624)        (32,442)
                                                  --------        --------
     Equipment and furniture, net .........       $  2,787        $ 15,190
                                                  ========        ========

Note 7.  Accrued Liabilities

     The components of accrued liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

                                                          June 30,
                                                  ------------------------
                                                    1998            1997
                                                  --------        --------
     Accrued compensation and
        employee-related expenses .........       $    194        $  4,163
     Development and marketing funds ......          1,555           1,053
     Other accrued liabilities ............            607             221
                                                  --------        --------
                                                  $  2,356        $  5,437
                                                  ========        ========

                                       29
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     Accrued compensation and employee-related expenses at June 30, 1997 include
approximately  $1.6  million in  accrued  vacation  and $1.2  million in accrued
employee  relocation  expenses.  In connection with the Separation,  all accrued
vacation  amounts as of May 31, 1998 were paid to the Company's  employees.  The
amount accrued at June 30, 1998 represents  accrued  vacation costs from June 1,
1998 to June 30, 1998. The development  and marketing  funds  represent  amounts
received from certain of the Company's customers to be used in joint development
and marketing programs.

Note 8.  Capital Lease Obligations

     The Company's  capital  lease  obligations  pertaining to leased  equipment
matured in fiscal 1998.

Note 9.  Income Taxes

     The net income and losses  incurred in fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996 are
primarily attributable to the operations of the Company as a division of Silicon
Graphics and were included in the income tax returns filed by Silicon  Graphics.
In light of both  historical  losses  incurred,  as well as the  fact  that,  by
operation of the tax sharing agreement, the Company will not receive any benefit
for losses  incurred or have any tax  liability  for any income earned up to the
closing of the initial public  offering,  no income tax provision or benefit has
been reflected for the periods presented.

     Subsequent  to the closing of the initial  public  offering,  the  Company,
while still a part of Silicon  Graphics'  consolidated  group for federal income
tax  purposes,  is  responsible  for its  income  taxes  through  a tax  sharing
agreement with Silicon Graphics.  Therefore,  to the extent the Company produces
taxable income, losses or credits, it will make or receive payments as though it
filed separate federal, state and local income tax returns.

     The Company and Silicon Graphics have entered into a tax sharing  agreement
pursuant to which they will make payments  between them such that,  with respect
to any period, the amount of taxes to be paid by the Company, subject to certain
adjustments,  will be  determined  as though the Company  were to file  separate
federal, state and local income tax returns.

     In general, the Company will be included in Silicon Graphics'  consolidated
group  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  for  so  long  as  Silicon  Graphics
beneficially  owns at least  80% of the  total  voting  power  and  value of the
outstanding common stock.

     At June 30,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company's  deferred  tax  assets  and the
related valuation allowance were immaterial.

Note 10.  Stockholders' Equity

     In May 1998,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  authorized  and the
Company's  Stockholder  later  approved  a  360,000-for-one  stock  split of the
Company's  common  stock  and an  amendment  to  the  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation for an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock
to 150,000,000 shares. All prior year financial statements have been restated to
effect the stock split.

     1998  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan.  The 1998  Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the
"Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the
Company's  Stockholder in May 1998. The Plan  authorized the issuance of various
forms of stock-based awards including incentive and non-qualified stock options,
stock appreciation  rights, stock awards and performance unit awards to officers
and other key  employees  and  consultants.  Stock  options  are  granted  at an
exercise price of not less than the fair value on the date of grant;  the prices
of other stock awards are  determined by the Board of  Directors.  Stock options
generally vest over a fifty-month period from the date of grant. An aggregate of
6,600,000  shares of common  stock may be issued under the Plan and are reserved
for future issuance.


                                       30
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     The stock option activity under the Plan is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Outstanding Options
                                                            ------------------------------
                                         Shares available   Number of     Weighted Average
                                            for Grant        Shares        Exercise Price
                                           -----------      --------       ---------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>           <C>       
Balance at July 1, 1997 ..............           --              --             --   
Shares authorized for issuance .......      6,600,000            --             --   
Options granted ......................     (2,996,900)      2,996,900     $    12.00
Balance at June 30, 1998 .............      3,603,100       2,996,900     $    12.00
                                           ==========       =========
</TABLE>

     At June 30, 1998,  the  weighted  average  contractual  life of the options
outstanding was 10 years. There are no options exercisable at June 30, 1998.

     Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  The  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the
"Purchase  Plan")  was  adopted by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  and
approved by the Company's  Stockholder  in May 1998. The purpose of the Purchase
Plan is to provide employees of the Company who participate in the Purchase Plan
with an  opportunity  to purchase  common stock of the Company  through  payroll
deductions.  Under this Purchase Plan eligible  employees may purchase  stock at
85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock (a) on the date of
commencement of the offering  period or (b) the applicable  exercise date within
such offering  period.  A 24-month  offering period  commences every six months,
generally at May 1 and November 1 of each year.  The offering  period is divided
into four six month exercise  periods.  The exercise date is the last day of the
particular six month  exercise  period within the offering  period.  If the fair
market  value of the  Company's  Common  Stock on the first day of any  exercise
period  is less than on the first day of that  offering  period,  all  employees
participating in the Purchase Plan on the first day of such exercise period will
be deemed to have  withdrawn  from the offering  period on the first day of such
exercise  period and to have enrolled in the new offering  period  commencing on
that  date.   Purchases  are  limited  to  10%  of  each   employee's   eligible
compensation.  At June 30, 1998 no shares have been issued to  employees  of the
Company under the Purchase  Plan.  Presently  600,000 shares of Common Stock are
reserved for future  issuances  under the Purchase  Plan,  and in addition there
will be an amount  added  annually on July 1 of each year equal to the lesser of
one-half of one  percent of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock on a fully
diluted basis or 600,000 shares or a lesser amount as determined by the Board.

     Directors' Stock Option Plan. The Board of Directors of the Company adopted
and the Company's  Stockholder  approved the  Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the
"Director  Plan") in July 1998.  The plan  authorizes  600,000  shares of Common
Stock for issuance plus an annual  increase each July 1st equal to the lesser of
(i) 100,000  shares,  (ii) the number of shares subject to option granted in the
prior one year period,  or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Board. Upon a
non-employee  director's  election or appointment  to the Board,  he or she will
automatically  receive a non-statutory stock option to purchase 40,000 shares of
Common Stock.  Each director who has been a  non-employee  director for at least
six months will automatically  receive a non-statutory  stock option to purchase
10,000  shares of Common  Stock each year on the date of the annual  stockholder
meeting.  All stock  options  are  granted an  exercise  price equal to the fair
market value of the Company's  Common Stock on the date of grant.  Stock options
generally vest over a 50-month period from the date of the grant. As of June 30,
1998,  no shares had been issued to directors of the Company  under the Director
Plan.

     Non-U.S.  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  The  Non-U.S.  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the
"Non-U.S.  Purchase Plan") was adopted by the Board in July 1998. The purpose of
the  Non-U.S.  Purchase  Plan is to provide  employees  and  consultants  of the
Company who do not provide  services in the United States and who participate in
the Non-U.S.  Purchase Plan with an opportunity to purchase  Common Stock of the
Company  at the same  discount  and  subject  to the same  general  rules as the
Company's  Employees  Stock Purchase Plan. The Non-U.S.  Purchase Plan, like the
Purchase Plan, has 24-month  offering  periods  commencing  every six months and
each offering period is divided into four six-month exercise periods.  Purchases
are  limited  to ten  percent  of  each  employee's  and  consultant's  eligible
compensation.  As of June 30,  1998,  no shares had been issued to  employees or
consultants of the Company under the Non-U.S. Purchase Plan and 60,000 shares of
Common Stock are reserved for issuance.


                                       31
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     Silicon  Graphics Stock Award Plans.  While employees of Silicon  Graphics,
certain  employees  of the Company  were  granted  options to  purchase  Silicon
Graphics  common stock and were awarded  restricted  shares of Silicon  Graphics
common stock. In addition,  certain  employees of the Company  purchased Silicon
Graphics  common stock  through the Silicon  Graphics  stock  purchase  plan. In
connection with their  acceptance of employment  with the Company,  employees of
the Company  previously  employed by Silicon  Graphics have mutually agreed with
Silicon  Graphics that all unvested  options to purchase Silicon Graphics common
stock and unvested  restricted  shares of Silicon  Graphics common stock will be
forfeited.  In addition,  such  individuals have 30 or 90 days from May 29, 1998
(depending on the terms of the option  grant) to exercise any vested  options to
purchase  Silicon  Graphics  common stock,  and any vested  options that are not
exercised will be forfeited.

     Silicon Graphics has various stock award plans, which provide for the grant
of incentive and nonstatutory stock options and the issuance of restricted stock
to  employees.  Incentive  stock  options  are granted at not less than the fair
market  value on the date of grant;  the  prices of  nonstatutory  stock  option
grants and restricted stock were determined by the board of directors of Silicon
Graphics.  Under the plans,  options and restricted  stock generally vest over a
fifty-month period from the date of grant.

     Silicon  Graphics stock option activity related to employees of the Company
is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Outstanding Options
                                                                     ------------------------------
                                                                      Number of    Weighted Average
                                                                       Shares       Exercise Price
                                                                     ----------    ----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>   
            Balance at June 30, 1995 ............................     1,717,720          $17.94
              Options granted ...................................       772,440          $26.98
              Options exercised .................................       (52,039)         $ 9.97
              Options canceled ..................................      (649,967)         $ 7.40
                                                                     ----------
            Balance at June 30, 1996 ............................     1,788,154          $22.26
              Options granted ...................................     1,641,064          $21.00
              Options exercised .................................      (148,748)         $10.56
              Options canceled ..................................    (1,705,085)         $23.90
                                                                     ----------
            Balance at June 30, 1997 ............................     1,575,385          $18.17
              Options granted....................................       161,861          $12.85
              Options exercised..................................      (113,427)         $10.77
              Options canceled...................................    (1,493,260)         $18.02
                                                                     ----------
            Balance at June 30, 1998.............................       130,559          $19.62
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

     Additional  information  about  outstanding  options  to  purchase  Silicon
Graphics  common  stock held by  employees of the Company at June 30, 1998 is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Options Outstanding and Exercisable
                                                  -------------------------------------------------
                                                                Weighted-Average
                Range of                            Number of   Contractual Life   Weighted-Average
             Exercise Price                          Shares        (in years)       Exercise Price
             --------------                       ------------     -----------     ----------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>
            $ 8.06-$11.69......................       11,577          6.94            $10.99
            $12.63-$18.88......................       53,430          7.86            $18.14
            $20.00-$30.13......................       65,552          8.02            $22.35
                                                     -------
            $ 8.06-$30.13......................      130,559          7.86            $19.62
                                                     =======
</TABLE>

     Shares of restricted  Silicon Graphics common stock awarded to employees of
the Company in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 were 27,000 shares,  83,500 shares and
40,000 shares, respectively.

     At June 30,  1998,  1997 and 1996 there were  130,559,  480,629 and 856,711
exercisable  options to purchase Silicon Graphics common stock held by employees
of the  Company,  respectively.  At June  30,  1998,  there  were no  shares  of
restricted Silicon Graphics stock held by employees of the Company.  At June 30,
1997 and 1996,  50,125 


                                       32
<PAGE>


                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


and 35,000 shares of restricted  Silicon Graphics stock held by employees of the
Company were subject to repurchase, respectively.

     Silicon  Graphics  Stock Purchase  Plan.  Silicon  Graphics has an employee
stock purchase plan under which eligible  employees may purchase stock at 85% of
the  lower of the  closing  prices  for the stock at the  beginning  of a twenty
four-month  offering period or the end of each six-month  purchase  period.  The
Purchase periods  generally begin in May and November.  Purchases are limited to
10% of each employee's  compensation.  Shares issued to employees of the Company
under  this Plan in fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 were  101,292  shares,  135,808
shares and 76,084 shares, respectively. Former employees of Silicon Graphics are
not eligible to  participate  in this Plan after their  acceptance of employment
with the Company.

     Grant  Date Fair  Values.  The  weighted  average  estimated  fair value of
Silicon  Graphics  employee  stock  options  granted at grant date market prices
during  fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 was  $6.02,  $8.08 and  $11.32  per  share,
respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of Silicon Graphics  employee
stock options  granted at grant date market prices during fiscal 1998,  1997 and
1996 was $14.89, $20.70 and $29.66 per share, respectively. The weighted average
estimated fair value of Silicon Graphics employee stock options granted at below
grant date market  prices  during fiscal 1997 and 1996 was $13.09 and $17.07 per
share,  respectively.  The weighted  average  exercise price of Silicon Graphics
employee stock options granted at below grant date market prices during 1997 and
1996 was  $15.65  and  $21.35  per  share,  respectively.  There were no Silicon
Graphics  options  granted at below grant date market price during  fiscal 1998.
The weighted average  estimated fair value of Silicon Graphics  restricted stock
granted  during  fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 was $24.37,  $23.37 and $27.30 per
share, respectively. The weighted average estimated fair value of shares granted
under the Silicon Graphics stock purchase plan during fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996
was $6.88, $7.85 and $15.09 per share, respectively.

     The weighted average  estimated fair value of the Company's  employee stock
options  granted at grant date market  prices  during  fiscal 1998 was $8.71 per
share.

     The weighted  average fair value of Silicon  Graphics  options  granted has
been estimated at the date of grant using a  Black-Scholes  option pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Employee Stock Options              Stock Purchase Plan Shares
                                          ----------------------------          ----------------------------
                                              Years Ended June 30,                  Years Ended June 30,
                                          ----------------------------          ----------------------------
                                          1998        1997        1996          1998        1997        1996
                                          ----        ----        ----          ----        ----        ----
<S>                                        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>  
Expected life (in years) ...............    2.7        2.7         3.8           0.5         0.5         0.5
Risk-free interest rate ................   5.74%      6.38%       5.18%         5.72%       5.45%       5.49%
Volatility .............................   0.61       0.50        0.45          0.79        0.57        0.45
Dividend yield .........................      0%         0%          0%            0%          0%          0%
</TABLE>

     The  weighted  average  fair  value of  Company  options  granted  has been
estimated at the date of grant using a  Black-Scholes  option pricing model with
the following weighted average  assumptions for the activity under the Company's
Plans:


                             Employee Stock Options

                                                      Year Ended June 30, 1998
                                                      ------------------------
   Expected life (in years) ......................               5.0 
   Risk-free interest rate .......................              5.66%
   Volatility ....................................              0.70
   Dividend yield ................................                 0%

     Pro  Forma  Information.  The  Company  has  elected  to  follow  APB 25 in
accounting for its employee stock options to purchase both Silicon  Graphics and
the Company's common stock. Under APB 25, no compensation  expense is recognized
in the Company's financial  statements except in connection with the granting of
restricted 



                                       33
<PAGE>


                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


stock for nominal  consideration  and unless the exercise  price of the employee
stock options is less than the market price of the underlying  stock on the date
of grant.  Total  compensation  expense  recognized in the  Company's  financial
statements for  stock-based  awards under APB 25 for fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996
was $1.0 million, $1.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

     Pro  forma  information  regarding  net loss and  loss per  share  has been
determined as if the Company had accounted for Silicon Graphics and its employee
stock  options and  employee  stock  purchase  plans under the fair value method
prescribed  by SFAS 123. For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated
fair value of the stock awards is amortized to expense over the vesting  periods
of such awards.

     The Company's pro forma information is as follows (in thousands, except per
share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Years Ended June 30,
                                                   --------------------------------------
                                                     1998           1997          1996
                                                   ---------     ---------     ----------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>        
Pro forma net loss ............................    $    (738)    $ (46,228)    $  (30,041)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share     $   (0.02)    $   (1.28)    $    (0.83)
</TABLE>

     The  historical  pro  forma  impact  of  applying  the  fair  value  method
prescribed by SFAS 123 is not  representative of the impact that may be expected
in the future due to changes resulting from the separation from Silicon Graphics
and the establishment of the Company's Plans during 1998.

Note 11.  Related Party Transactions

     Funding.  The Company  has  utilized  Silicon  Graphics'  centralized  cash
management services and processes related to receivables,  payables, payroll and
other  activities.  The  Company's  net cash  requirements  have been  funded by
Silicon Graphics.  Net financing  provided to the Company by Silicon Graphics in
fiscal  1997  and  1996 was  approximately  $45.1  million  and  $35.3  million,
respectively.  There was a net  return of capital  to  Silicon  Graphics  by the
Company of approximately $9.2 million in fiscal 1998. The average balance due to
Silicon  Graphics  during  fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 was  approximately  $125
million, $107 million and $67 million, respectively.

     Corporate  Services.  Silicon Graphics  allocates a portion of its domestic
corporate  expenses to its  divisions,  including the Company.  In addition,  in
accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 55, certain additional allocations
have been reflected in these financial statements.  These expenses have included
corporate communications,  management, compensation and benefits administration,
payroll,   accounts   payable,   income  tax  compliance,   treasury  and  other
administration  and finance  overhead.  Allocations  and  charges  were based on
either a direct cost  pass-through or a percentage  allocation for such services
provided based on factors such as net sales,  headcount and relative expenditure
levels.  Such  allocations  and corporate  charges  totaled $8.5 million,  $11.0
million  and $9.0  million  for the years  ended June 30,  1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.

     In June 1998,  the  Company  and  Silicon  Graphics  has  entered  into the
Management Services  Agreement,  pursuant to which Silicon Graphics will provide
certain  administrative  and  corporate  support  services  to the Company on an
interim or transitional basis, including accounting,  treasury,  tax, facilities
and  information  services.  Specified  charges for such  services are generally
intended to allow Silicon  Graphics to recover the fully allocated  direct costs
of providing  the  services,  plus all  out-of-pocket  costs and  expenses,  but
without any profit.  The  Management  Services  Agreement will have a three-year
term and will be  subject  to  automatic  termination  at such  time as  Silicon
Graphics'  beneficial  ownership  interest in the Company's  outstanding  common
stock ceases to exceed 50%. In addition,  either Silicon Graphics or the Company
may terminate the Management  Services  Agreement with respect to one or more of
the  services  provided  thereunder  upon giving at least 30 days prior  written
notice to the other party.

     Management  believes that the basis used for allocating  corporate services
is reasonable.  While the terms of these transactions may differ from those that
would result from  transactions  among  unrelated  parties,  management does not
believe such differences would be material.


                                       34
<PAGE>

                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


     Facilities.  The Company's executive,  administrative and technical offices
currently occupy space in a building subleased from Silicon Graphics in Mountain
View,  California.  Payments  by the  Company  to  Silicon  Graphics  under this
sublease are expected to be $611,000,  $743,000, $776,000 and $741,000 in fiscal
years 1999,  2000, 2001 and 2002,  respectively.  The sublease will terminate on
May 31, 2002, subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances.

Note 12.  Contingencies

     In February 1998, the Company  received a notice  asserting that the R10000
microprocessor  and potentially  other  microprocessors  designed by the Company
allegedly infringe a patent originally assigned to Control Data Corporation. The
Company is evaluating these claims.

     From time to time, the Company receives  communications  from third parties
asserting   patent  or  other  rights   covering  the  Company's   products  and
technologies.  Based upon the Company's evaluation,  it may take no action or it
may seek to obtain a license. There can be no assurance in any given case that a
license  will be available on terms the Company  considers  reasonable,  or that
litigation will not ensue.

     Management  is not aware of any  pending  disputes  that would be likely to
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  results of operations
or financial condition.

Note 13.  Industry and Geographic Segment Information

     The Company  operates in one industry  segment.  The  Company's  revenue by
geographic area is as follows (in thousands):

                                                Years Ended June 30,
                                      -------------------------------------
                                        1998          1997           1996
                                      -------        -------        -------
     United States ...........        $ 5,621        $ 5,066        $ 6,123
     Japan ...................         50,939         35,241         22,620
     Europe ..................            250           --            6,300
     Rest of World ...........           --             --            2,000
                                      -------        -------        -------
     Total revenue ...........        $56,810        $40,307        $37,043
                                      =======        =======        =======

Note 14.  Subsequent Events

     On July 6, 1998,  the  Company  completed  its initial  public  offering of
5,500,000  shares of its common stock  pursuant to a  Registration  Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-50643)  declared effective by the Securities and Exchange
Commission  on June 29, 1998.  The  offering  consisted of the sale of 4,250,000
shares of common stock by Silicon  Graphics  for net  proceeds of  approximately
$55.3  million  and  1,250,000  shares of common  stock by the  Company  for net
proceeds of $16.0 million. Upon completion of the Offering there were 37,250,000
shares of common stock outstanding.


Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure.

     Not applicable.



                                       35
<PAGE>

                                    PART III


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

Executive Officers and Directors

     The executive  officers and directors of the Company,  and their ages as of
June 30, 1998, are as follows:

       Name                         Age                  Position
       ----                         ---                  --------
John E. Bourgoin ................    52   Chief Executive Officer, President and
                                             Director
Lavi Lev ........................    41   Senior Vice President, Engineering
Kevin C. Eichler ................    38   Vice President and Chief Financial 
                                             Officer
Derek Meyer .....................    38   Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Sandy Creighton .................    45   Vice  President, General Counsel and
                                             Secretary
Dr. Forest Baskett ..............    55   Director
Kenneth L. Coleman ..............    55   Director
William M. Kelly ................    44   Director
Teruyasu Sekimoto ...............    58   Director

     John E. Bourgoin has served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since
February 1998 and President of the Company since  September 1996, and has been a
director of the Company since May 1997. Mr. Bourgoin has also served as a Senior
Vice President of Silicon  Graphics from September 1996 through May 1998.  Prior
to joining Silicon Graphics, Mr. Bourgoin was Group Vice President,  Computation
Products Group at Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

     Lavi Lev has served as Senior  Vice  President--Engineering  of the Company
since March 1998, and was Vice  President--Engineering  of Silicon Graphics from
1996 to March 1998. From 1995 to 1996, he served as Vice President,  Engineering
at MicroUnity Systems  Engineering and between 1992 and 1995 he was a manager at
Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  Prior to joining Sun  Microsystems,  Inc., Mr. Lev was
employed by Intel Corporation and was involved in the development of the Pentium
microprocessor.

     Kevin C. Eichler has served as Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Company since May 1998.  Prior to joining the Company and since 1996, Mr.
Eichler served as Vice President,  Finance,  Chief Financial Officer,  Treasurer
and Secretary of Visigenic  Software Inc., an  independent  provider of software
tools  for  distributed  object  technologies  for the  Internet,  Intranet  and
enterprise  computing  environments.  From 1995 to 1996,  he served as Executive
Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of National Insurance Group,
a provider of technology solutions for financial services and related companies.
From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Eichler served as Executive Vice  President,  Finance and
Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Mortgage  Quality  Management,  Inc.,  a national
provider of quality control  services and  technologies to residential  mortgage
lenders. Prior to 1991, Mr. Eichler held management positions with NeXT Software
and Microsoft.

     Derek  Meyer  joined  the  Company  in May 1996 as  Director  of  Worldwide
Marketing  and Sales and became Vice  President--Sales  and  Marketing  in March
1998. Prior to joining the Company and since 1994, Mr. Meyer served as marketing
director for the TriMedia division of Philips  Semiconductors  and prior to that
time he was director of SPARC marketing for Sun Microsystems, Inc.

     Sandy Creighton joined the Company in June 1998 as Vice President,  General
Counsel  and  Secretary.  Prior to  joining  the  Company  and since  1991,  Ms.
Creighton was Deputy General Counsel at Sun Microsystems, Inc.

     Dr.  Forest  Baskett has served as a director of the Company  since January
1998. Since 1990, Dr. Baskett has served as Senior Vice President,  Research and
Development  of Silicon  Graphics,  and since 1994, has also served as its Chief
Technology Officer.

     Kenneth L.  Coleman has served as a director of the Company  since  January
1998. Since April 1997, Mr. Coleman has been Senior Vice President, Customer and
Professional  Services of Silicon  Graphics.  Prior to that time,  he was Senior
Vice President, Administration of Silicon Graphics.



                                       36
<PAGE>

     William  M. Kelly has served as a director  of the  Company  since  January
1998.  He  joined  Silicon   Graphics  in  1994  as  Vice  President,   Business
Development, General Counsel and Secretary and, since 1997, has been Senior Vice
President, Corporate Operations of Silicon Graphics. During 1996, Mr. Kelly also
served as Senior Vice President,  Silicon  Interactive Group of Silicon Graphics
and he served as acting Chief  Financial  Officer of Silicon  Graphics  from May
1997 to February  1998.  Prior to joining  Silicon  Graphics,  Mr.  Kelly was an
attorney in private practice.

     Teruyasu  Sekimoto  has served as a director of the Company  since  January
1998. Mr. Sekimoto joined Silicon Graphics in 1987 as representative director of
Silicon  Graphics Japan.  In 1991, he became Vice President,  North Pacific Area
and since 1995 has served as Senior Vice President, East Asia.

     Upon  completion of the Offering on July 6, 1998,  the size of the Board of
Directors has increased by two, and the  Company's  stockholder  has elected the
following two additional  directors who are not  associated  with the Company or
Silicon Graphics:

     Anthony B.  Holbrook,  age 59.  Mr.  Holbrook  retired  as Chief  Technical
Officer of Advanced Micro  Devices,  Inc. in August 1994.  Mr.  Holbrook  joined
Advanced  Micro  Devices,  Inc.  in 1973 and  served  in a number  of  executive
capacities.  He was  elected a  corporate  officer in 1978 and in 1982 was named
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.  In 1986, Mr. Holbrook was
named President of Advanced Micro Devices,  Inc. and was elected to the board of
directors.  In 1989, he moved from Chief  Operating  Officer to Chief  Technical
Officer and in 1990 from  President to Vice  Chairman,  a position he held until
April 1996.  Prior to joining  Advanced Micro Devices,  Inc., Mr.  Holbrook held
engineering management positions with Fairchild Semiconductor and Computer Micro
Technology  Corporation.  Mr.  Holbrook is also a director of SDL, Inc., a solid
state laser manufacturer.

     Fred M. Gibbons,  age 48. Mr. Gibbons has been a partner with Concept Stage
Venture  Management,  an investment  firm based in California,  since 1994. From
1995 through 1998,  Mr.  Gibbons was also a lecturer at the Stanford  University
Graduate School of Engineering. In 1981, Mr. Gibbons founded Software Publishing
Corporation based in San Jose, California,  a company engaged in the development
of  software  systems  for  personal  computer  applications,  and was its Chief
Executive  Officer  through 1994.  Prior to 1981,  Mr. Gibbons was employed as a
product and marketing manager for Hewlett-Packard Company.

     There is no family relationship between any directors or executive officers
of the Company.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

     Under Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
the Company's directors,  executive officers,  and any persons holding more than
ten  percent  of the  Company's  common  stock  are  required  to  report to the
Securities and Exchange  Commission and the Nasdaq National Market their initial
ownership of the Company's  stock and any subsequent  changes in that ownership.
The Company  believes that during fiscal year 1998, its officers,  directors and
holders of more than 10 percent of the  Company's  common stock did not file all
Section 16 (a)  reports on a timely  basis.  Form 3 was not filed  timely by any
such persons.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Director Compensation

     Directors who do not receive  compensation  as officers or employees of the
Company or any of its affiliates  will be paid an annual board  membership  fee.
Directors are reimbursed for reasonable  expenses incurred in attending Board or
committee meetings.

     The  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Company's   Stockholder  approved  the
Director's  Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Director  Plan") in July  1998.  The plan
authorizes  600,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance plus an annual  increase
each July 1st equal to the  lesser of (i)  100,000  shares,  (ii) the  number of
shares subject to option granted in the prior one year period, or (iii) a lesser
amount  determined  by the Board.  Upon a  non-employee  director's  election or
appointment to the Board, he or she will  automatically  receive a non-statutory
stock option to purchase  40,000 shares of Common  Stock.  Each director who has
been a non-employee  director for at least six months will automatically receive
a non-statutory stock option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock each year
on the date of the annual stockholder  meeting. All stock options are granted an
exercise  price equal to the fair market value of the Company's  Common Stock on
the date of grant.  Stock options generally vest over a 50-month period from the
date of the grant. Pursuant to the terms of the Director Plan, Messrs.  Holbrook
and Gibbons were each granted  40,000 stock options upon  commencement  of their
term as members of the Company's Board of Directors.


                                       37
<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

     The following table sets forth  information  about the  compensation of the
Chief  Executive  Officer  and each of the  other  two most  highly  compensated
executive  officers of the Company who, based on employment with the Company and
Silicon  Graphics  were the most  highly  compensated  officers  of the  Company
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"). All of the information set forth
in this table  reflects  compensation  earned by such  individuals  for services
rendered to the Company and Silicon Graphics and its subsidiaries.


                           Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Long-Term Compensation
                                                   Annual Compensation(1)                         Awards
                                           -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                                                                Securities
                                                                  Other Annual   Restricted     Underlying                All Other
 Name and Principal                                               Compensation      Stock      Options/SARs   LTIP      Compensation
      Position                    Year      Salary       Bonus         (2)         Award(s)         (3)      Payouts         (4)
 ------------------               ----     --------     --------  ------------   ----------    ------------  -------    ------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>     
John E. Bourgoin                  1998     $372,053     $   --       $ 21,343         $--             --       $--        $  2,226
  Chief Executive Officer         1997     $280,000     $ 89,086     $  9,382         $--          125,000     $--        $  1,200
  and President                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                        
Lavi Lev                          1998     $245,542     $   --       $309,228         $--             --       $--        $  1,880
  Senior Vice                     1997     $215,192     $106,550     $ 83,024         $--           64,000     $--        $  2,400
  President, Engineering                                                                                                
                                                                                                                        
Derek Meyer                       1998     $201,456     $   --       $ 32,210         $--            4,500     $--        $  1,793
  Vice President,                 1997     $182,215     $ 25,987     $ 36,543         $--           12,000     $--        $  2,079
  Sales and Marketing
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Silicon  Graphics has no pension,  retirement,  annuity or similar  benefit
     plan.

(2)  In fiscal 1998, "Other Annual  Compensation"  for the following  executives
     is: Mr. Bourgoin includes (i) $11,348 club membership fees, (ii) $5,538 car
     allowance and (iii) various executive  perquisites none of which exceed 25%
     of the amount reported as other annual  compensation;  Mr. Lev includes (i)
     $150,000 of gross-up award related to a forgivable  loan,  (ii) $100,000 of
     income  reflecting  monthly  amortization of a forgivable loan from Silicon
     Graphics,  (iii) $50,538 in relocation  expenses and housing allowances and
     (iv) various  executive  perquisites none of which exceed 25% of the amount
     reported as other annual compensation and Mr. Meyer includes (i) $32,210 on
     the sale of 2,500 shares of restricted stock. In fiscal 1997, "Other Annual
     Compensation"  for the  following  executives  is:  Mr.  Bourgoin  includes
     various  executive  perquisites  none of  which  exceed  25% of the  amount
     reported as other  annual  compensation;  Mr. Lev  includes  (i) $42,000 of
     income  reflecting  monthly  amortization of a forgivable loan from Silicon
     Graphics,  (ii) $34,320 in relocation  expenses and housing  allowances and
     (iii) various executive  perquisites none of which exceed 25% of the amount
     reported as other annual compensation and Mr. Meyer includes (i) $36,248 on
     the sale of 2,500 shares of  restricted  stock and (ii)  various  executive
     perquisites none of which exceed 25% of the amount reported as other annual
     compensation.

(3)  In fiscal 1997,  Silicon  Graphics  effected an option exchange  program to
     allow  employees to exchange  their  out-of-the-money  stock  options for a
     smaller  number of new  options at a more  favorable  exercise  price.  The
     numbers in this  column  include  44,000  options  issued to Mr. Lev in the
     exchange  program for 55,000  options  that were granted in fiscal 1997 and
     12,000  options  issued to Mr.  Meyer in the  exchange  program  for 15,000
     options that were granted prior to fiscal 1997.

(4)  All other compensation  includes Silicon Graphics'  contribution to savings
     plans.

Grants Under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan

     In  connection  with the Offering,  the Company has made initial  grants of
stock  options  to the  executive  officers  and  certain  other  employees  and
consultants of the Company under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. An aggregate
of  2,996,900  shares of common  stock are  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the
options  granted at an  exercise  price of $12.00 per share.  In  addition,  the
Company  granted  stock awards  totalling  15,000  shares of Common  Stock.  The
following  table  sets  forth the  number of shares of common  stock  underlying
options and the number of shares subject to stock awards that were granted under
the 1998 Long-Term  Incentive Plan to (i) each of the executive  


                                       38
<PAGE>

officers of the Company,  (ii) the executive  officers of the Company as a group
and (iii) all employees and consultants of the Company as a group other than the
executive officers of the Company.


                   Grants Under 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Number of Shares      Stock
         Name and Position                                                  Underlying Options     Awards
         -----------------                                                  -----------------      ------
<S>                                                                              <C>                <C>   
     John E. Bourgoin .......................................................      559,500          15,000
       Chief Executive Officer and President

     Lavi Lev ...............................................................      298,400             -- 
       Senior Vice President, Engineering

     Kevin C. Eichler .......................................................      223,800             -- 
       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     Derek Meyer ............................................................      205,200             -- 
       Vice President, Sales and Marketing

     Sandy Creighton ........................................................      223,800             -- 
       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

     Executive Officers as a Group ..........................................    1,510,700          15,000

     Non-Executive Officer Employee and Consultants Group ...................    1,486,200             -- 
</TABLE>

     The following  table sets forth  information  regarding the Company's stock
options granted to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 1998.


                          Option Grants in Fiscal 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Individual Grants
                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                Number of      % of Total
                                Securities      Options                                Potential Realizable Value
                                Underlying      Granted to    Exercise                 at Assumed Annual Rates of
                                 Options       Employees        Price     Expiration    Stock Price Appreciation
        Name                     Granted     in Fiscal Year   per Share      Date          for Option Term(1)
        ----                    ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------    -----------------------
                                                                                            5%          10%
                                                                                        ----------  -----------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        
John E. Bourgoin ........         559,500        18.67%        $12.00       05/22/08    $4,222,399  $10,700,387
Lavi Lev.................         298,400         9.96%        $12.00       05/22/08    $2,251,946  $ 5,706,873
Kevin C. Eichler.........         223,800         7.47%        $12.00       05/22/08    $1,688,959  $ 4,280,155
Derek Meyer .............         205,200         6.85%        $12.00       05/22/08    $1,548,590  $ 3,924,431
Sandy Creighton..........         223,800         7.47%        $12.00       06/04/08    $1,688,959  $ 4,280,155
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Potential  realizable  value assumes that the price of the Company's common
     stock increases from the date of grant until the end of the option term (10
     years) at the annual rate  specified  (5% and 10%).  The 5% and 10% assumed
     annual rates of  appreciation  are mandated by rules of the  Securities and
     Exchange  Commission  and do not represent an estimate or projection of the
     future price of the Company's  common  stock.  The Company does not believe
     that this method  accurately  illustrates  the  potential  value of a stock
     option. 



                                       39
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth information  regarding stock options granted
to the Named Executive  Officers during fiscal year 1998 in respect of shares of
Silicon Graphics common stock under the Silicon Graphics' stock plan.

                          Option Grants in Fiscal 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Individual Grants
                                ---------------------------------------------------
                                Number of      % of Total
                                Securities      Options                                 Potential Realizable Value
                                Underlying      Granted to    Exercise                  at Assumed Annual Rates of
                                 Options       Employees        Price      Expiration    Stock Price Appreciation
        Name                     Granted     in Fiscal Year   per Share       Date        for Option Term(1)
        ----                    ---------    --------------   ---------    ----------   ------------------------
                                                                                            5%            10%
                                                                                        ---------     ----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>     
Derek Meyer..............           4,500           *         $12.875       11/13/07      $ 36,437    $ 92,337
</TABLE>
- ----------
*    Less than 1%.

(1)  Potential  realizable  value  assumes  that the price of Silicon  Graphics'
     common stock  increases  from the date of grant until the end of the option
     term (10 years) at the annual rate  specified (5% and 10%).  The 5% and 10%
     assumed  annual  rates  of  appreciation  are  mandated  by  rules  of  the
     Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and do not  represent an estimate or
     projection  of the future  price of Silicon  Graphics'  common  stock.  The
     Company  does not  believe  that this  method  accurately  illustrates  the
     potential  value  of  a  stock  option. 

     The following table sets forth  information  regarding  options to purchase
the Company's  common stock by the Named Executive  Officers during fiscal 1998,
and the number and value of unexercised, in-the-money options at June 30, 1998.

                           Stock Option Exercises and
                      June 30, 1998 Fiscal Year-End Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Shares
                                  Acquired                                               Value of Unexercised
                                     on       Value        Number of Unexercised        In-the-Money Options at
            Name                  Exercise   Realized     Options at June 30, 1998         June 30, 1998 (1)
           ------                  -------    ------     -------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                         Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable    Unexercisable
                                                         -----------  -------------  -----------    -------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>
John E. Bourgoin .............       --         --             --         559,500           --         $804,002
Lavi Lev .....................       --         --             --         298,400           --         $428,801
Kevin C. Eichler .............       --         --             --         223,800           --         $321,601
Derek Meyer ..................       --         --             --         205,200           --         $294,872
Sandy Creighton ..............       --         --             --         223,800           --         $321,601
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  The  amounts in this  column  reflect  the  difference  between the closing
     market price of the  Company's  common  stock on June 30,  1998,  which was
     $13.437,  and the option  exercise  price.  The actual value of unexercised
     options fluctuates with the market price of the Company's common stock.

     The following table sets forth  information  regarding  options to purchase
Silicon  Graphics  common stock by the Named  Executive  Officers  during fiscal
1998, and the number and value of unexercised,  in-the-money options at June 30,
1998.
                           Stock Option Exercises and
                      June 30, 1998 Fiscal Year-End Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Shares
                                  Acquired                                               Value of Unexercised
                                     on       Value        Number of Unexercised        In-the-Money Options at
            Name                  Exercise   Realized     Options at June 30, 1998         June 30, 1998 (1)
           ------                  -------    ------     --------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                         Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable    Unexercisable
                                                         -----------  -------------  -----------    -------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>               <C>       <C>                 <C>
John E. Bourgoin .............       --         --          50,000            --            --              -- 
Lavi Lev .....................       --         --          21,734            --        $ 3,828             -- 
Derek Meyer ..................       --         --           4,548            --            --              -- 
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  The  amounts in this  column  reflect  the  difference  between the closing
     market price of the Silicon  Graphics' common stock on June 30, 1998, which
     was $12.125, and the option exercise price. The actual value of unexercised
     options fluctuates with the market price of Silicon Graphics' common stock.

Change in Control Arrangements

     Unvested stock options held be the Named Executive  Officers at the time of
a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  will  become  immediately  vested  and
exercisable.


                                       40
<PAGE>

Item 12. Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and Management Stock
Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

     The Company is not aware of any person who, on September  1, 1998,  was the
beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock, except
for Silicon  Graphics,  Inc. The following table sets forth such ownership as of
September  1, 1998.  The table  also  shows the number of shares of the  Company
common stock  beneficially  owned on September 1, 1998 by each of the  Company's
directors, the Named Executive Officers and all directors and executive officers
of the Company as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Number of
                                                                Shares
                                                             Beneficially         Percent of
                        Name                                     Owned               Class
                        -----                                ------------         ----------
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
  Silicon Graphics, Inc.
  2011 North Shoreline Boulevard
  Mountain View, CA 94043..............................       31,750,000             85.2%

  John E. Bourgoin ....................................           16,000**               *

  Lavi Lev ............................................            1,000                 *

  Kevin C. Eichler.....................................            1,000                 *

  Derek Meyer .........................................            1,300                 *

  Sandy Creighton......................................            1,000                 *

  Dr. Forest Baskett ..................................              --                  *

  Kenneth L. Coleman ..................................            1,285                 *

  Fred M. Gibbons......................................              --                  *

  Anthony B. Holbrook..................................              --                  *

  William M. Kelly ....................................              --                  *

  Teruyasu Sekimoto ...................................              --                  *

  Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (11 persons)        21,585                 *
</TABLE>
- ----------
*    No individual Named Executive  Officer or director  beneficially owns 1% or
     more of the Company's common stock, nor do the Named Executive Officers and
     directors as a group.

**   Under the 1998 Long-Term  Incentive  Plan, the Company granted stock awards
     totalling  15,000 shares of Common Stock  effective  upon the completion of
     the initial public offering.

(1)  The  persons  named have sole voting and  investment  power over the shares
     shown as being  beneficially  owned by them,  subject to community property
     laws, where applicable, except for 1,000 shares held indirectly by Mr. Lev.
     Mr. Lev disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares and they are held in
     trust  for  his  children.  There  were no  options  or  other  convertible
     securities  that were  exercisable  on  September 1, 1998 or within 60 days
     thereafter.

     Silicon Graphics owns  approximately  85.2% of the outstanding Common Stock
of the Company. For so long as Silicon Graphics continues to beneficially own in
excess of 50% of the shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  Silicon Graphics will
be able to direct the  election of all  directors  of the Company and exercise a
controlling  influence  over the business and affairs of the Company,  including
any  determinations  with  respect  to mergers  or other  business  combinations
involving the Company,  the acquisition or disposition of assets by the Company,
future issuances of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company,  the
incurrence  of  indebtedness  by the Company and the payment of  dividends  with
respect to the Common Stock. Similarly,  Silicon Graphics will have the power to
determine matters submitted to a vote of the Company's  stockholders without the
consent of the Company's other  stockholders,  will have the power to prevent or
cause a change in control of the Company and could take other actions that might
be favorable to Silicon Graphics.

     Conflicts of interest may arise between the Company and Silicon Graphics in
a number of areas  relating to their past and ongoing  relationships,  including
potential  competitive  business  activities,  indemnity  arrangements,  tax and
intellectual property matters,  registration rights,  potential  acquisitions or
financing  transactions,  sales or other  dispositions  by Silicon  Graphics  of
shares of Common  Stock and the  exercise by Silicon  Graphics of its ability to
control the management  and affairs of the Company.  Although  Silicon  Graphics
does  not  currently   intend  to  engage  in  the  design  and  development  of
microprocessor  intellectual  property for embedded  systems  applications,  the
Company's Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  provides that Silicon Graphics
shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or
lines of business as the Company.

                                       41
<PAGE>

     Ownership  interests  of directors or officers of the Company in the common
stock of Silicon  Graphics  or service as both a director  of the Company and an
officer  or  employee  of  Silicon  Graphics  could  create  or appear to create
potential  conflicts  of interest  when  directors  and  officers are faced with
decisions  that could have  different  implications  for the Company and Silicon
Graphics.  Four  of the  Company's  seven  current  directors  are  officers  or
employees  of  Silicon  Graphics.  The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation
includes certain provisions relating to the allocation of business opportunities
that may be suitable  for both the Company  and  Silicon  Graphics  based on the
relationship  to the Company and Silicon  Graphics of the individual to whom the
opportunity is presented and the method by which its was presented.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     In connection with the Separation and the Offering, the Company and Silicon
Graphics  entered into various  agreements  intended to define the  relationship
between them following the Offering.  Because these agreements were entered into
at a time  when the  Company  was still a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Silicon
Graphics,  they are not the  result of  arm's-length  negotiations  between  the
parties. Among these agreements is a Management Services Agreement,  under which
Silicon Graphics will provide various, primarily administrative, services to the
Company,  including  accounting,   treasury,  tax,  facilities  and  information
services. The Management Services Agreement will have a three-year term and will
be subject to automatic  termination at such time as Silicon  Graphics ceases to
own more than 50% of the outstanding  Common Stock. In addition,  either Silicon
Graphics or the Company may terminate the  Management  Services  Agreement  with
respect to one or more of the services provided  thereunder upon giving at least
30 days prior written notice to the other party.

     The Company  subleases from Silicon  Graphics  approximately  27,500 square
feet (with an option to  increase  to 55,000  square  feet) in one  building  in
Mountain  View,  California.  Payments by the Company to Silicon  Graphics under
this sublease are approximately  $51,000 per month,  increasing to approximately
$67,000 per month by August 2001. The amounts  payable by the Company under this
sublease are equal to the amounts payable by Silicon Graphics under its sublease
for the property with a third party.  This sublease will expire on May 31, 2002,
subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances.

     By virtue of its beneficial ownership of over 80% of the total voting power
and value of the  outstanding  Common Stock,  Silicon  Graphics will include the
Company in its consolidated  group for federal income tax purposes.  The Company
and Silicon Graphics entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement  pursuant to which the
Company and Silicon  Graphics  will make payments  between them such that,  with
respect  to any  period,  the  amount  of  taxes to be paid or  received  by the
Company,  subject  to  certain  adjustments,  will be  determined  as though the
Company  were to file  separate  federal,  state and local  income tax  returns.
However,  each member of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes is
jointly and severally  liable for the federal income tax liability of each other
member of the consolidated group. Each member of the Silicon Graphics controlled
group, which includes Silicon Graphics,  the Company and Silicon Graphics' other
subsidiaries,  is also  jointly  and  severally  liable for  pension and benefit
funding and termination  liabilities of other group members,  as well as certain
benefit  plan  taxes.  Accordingly,  the  Company  could be  liable  under  such
provisions if any such liability is incurred,  and not discharged,  by any other
member of the Silicon Graphics consolidated or controlled group.

     In addition, by virtue of its beneficial ownership of over 80% of the total
voting power and value of the outstanding  Common Stock and the terms of the Tax
Sharing Agreement entered into between the Company and Silicon Graphics, Silicon
Graphics will effectively control all of the Company's tax decisions.  Under the
Tax Sharing Agreement,  Silicon Graphics will have the sole authority to respond
to and  conduct  all tax  proceedings  (including  tax  audits)  relating to the
Company,  to file all  returns on behalf of the  Company  and to  determine  the
amount of the Company's  liability to (or  entitlement  to payment from) Silicon
Graphics under the Tax Sharing Agreement.

     Subject to applicable  federal  securities  laws and the  restrictions  set
forth below, Silicon Graphics may sell any and all of the shares of Common Stock
beneficially owned by it or distribute any or all of such shares of Common Stock
to its  stockholders.  Sales or distribution by Silicon  Graphics of substantial
amounts of Common  Stock in the  public  market or to its  stockholders,  or the
perception that such sales or distribution  could occur,  could adversely affect
the prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.  Silicon Graphics has advised
the  Company  that its  current  intent is to continue to hold all of the Common
Stock  beneficially  owned.  However,  Silicon  Graphics  is not  subject to any
obligation  to retain its  controlling  interest  in the  Company,  except  that
Silicon  Graphics has agreed not to sell or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of
Common Stock until June 29, 1999 without the prior  written 


                                       42
<PAGE>

consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. As a result,  there can be no assurance
concerning  the period of time during which  Silicon  Graphics will maintain its
beneficial  ownership  of  Common  Stock  owned by it  following  the  Offering.
Moreover, there can be no assurance that, in any transfer by Silicon Graphics of
a controlling  interest in the Company, any holders of Common Stock will be able
to participate  in such  transaction or will realize any premium with respect to
their shares of Common Stock.  Silicon  Graphics will have  registration  rights
with  respect  to the  shares of the  Common  Stock  owned by it  following  the
Offering, which would facilitate any future disposition.

     The Company  has three  outstanding  loans to Mr. Lev.  The first loan is a
forgivable,  non-interest  bearing note with a principal  amount  outstanding at
June 30, 1998 of approximately  $258,000. The principal of this loan is forgiven
(reduced)  ratably on a periodic  basis through  December  2000,  subject to Mr.
Lev's  continued  employment.  The  second  loan is a  forgivable,  non-interest
bearing (except in certain limited  circumstances)  note with a principal amount
outstanding  at June  30,  1998  of  $250,000.  The  principal  of this  loan is
forgivable on March 1, 2002,  subject to Mr. Lev's  continued  employment at all
times  prior to such date.  The third loan bears  interest  at an annual rate of
7.19% and had a principal amount  outstanding at June 30, 1998 of $275,000.  The
largest aggregate amount of these loans outstanding during the period since July
1, 1996 was approximately $900,000.





                                       43
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 10-K

     (a)  The Following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

     1.   Financial   Statements.   The  following   financial   statements  and
          supplementary  information  of the Company  and Report of  Independent
          Auditors are included in Part II of this Report:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
      Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors........................................         21
      Balance Sheets-- Years Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997......................................         22
      Statements of Operations -Years Ended June 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.......................         23
      Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) --
        Years Ended June 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996  ..............................................        24
      Statements of Cash Flows-- Years Ended June 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.......................        25
      Notes to Financial Statements.............................................................        26
</TABLE>

     2.   Schedules  not listed  above have been  omitted  because the  required
          information  is not  present or not present in amounts  sufficient  to
          require submission of the schedule or because the information required
          is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

     3.   Exhibits. The following Exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated
          by reference into, this Report:

   Exhibit No.                     List of Exhibits
   -----------                     ----------------

     3.1       Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated  herein by reference
               to Exhibit 3.1 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
               S-1,  Registration  No,  333-50643  filed with the Securities and
               Exchange   Commission  (the   "Commission")   which  registration
               statement became effective on June 29, 1998.

     3.2       The Company's By-Laws, as amended.

     10.1      The  Separation   Agreement   between  the  Company  and  Silicon
               Graphics,  Inc. is  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
               10.1 of Amendment No. 2 to the Company's  Registration  Statement
               on  Form  S-1,   Registration   No.   333-50643  filed  with  the
               Commission, which registration statement became effective on June
               29, 1998.

     10.2      The Corporate Agreement between the Company and Silicon Graphics,
               Inc. is  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
               Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,  Registration No.
               333-50643 filed with the Commission, which registration statement
               became effective on June 29, 1998.

     10.3      The Management Services Agreement between the Company and Silicon
               Graphics,  Inc. is  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
               10.3  to  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,
               Registration  No.  333-50643  filed  with the  Commission,  which
               registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.

     10.4      The  Tax  Sharing  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Silicon
               Graphics,  Inc. is  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
               10.4  to  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,
               Registration  No.  333-50643  filed  with the  Commission,  which
               registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.

     10.5      The  Technology   Agreement   between  the  Company  and  Silicon
               Graphics,  Inc. is  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
               10.5 of Amendment No. 5 to the Company's  Registration  Statement
               on  Form  S-1,   Registration   No.   333-50643  filed  with  the
               Commission, which registration statement became effective on June
               29, 1998.

     10.6      The Trademark Agreement between the Company and Silicon Graphics,
               Inc.  is  incorporated  herein by  reference  to Exhibit  10.6 of
               Amendment No. 5 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
               S-l, Registration No. 333-50643 filed with the Commission,  which
               registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.

     10.7.1    The Joint Development and License Agreement between Nintendo Co.,
               Ltd.  and  Nintendo  of America  Inc. on the one hand and Silicon
               Graphics,  Inc. and MIPS Technologies,  Inc. on the other hand is
               incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10.7.1 of Amendment
               No.  4 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,
               Registration  No.  333-50643  filed  with the  Commission,  which
               registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.*



                                       44
<PAGE>


   Exhibit No.                     List of Exhibits
   -----------                     ----------------

     10.7.2    The First Addendum to the Joint Development and License Agreement
               is  incorporated   herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7.2  of
               Amendment No. 4 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
               S-1, Registration No. 333-50643 filed with the Commission,  which
               registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.*

     10.7.3    The  Second  Addendum  to  the  Joint   Development  and  License
               Agreement is  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7.3
               of Amendment  No. 5 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on
               Form S-1,  Registration  No. 333-50643 filed with the Commission,
               which registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.*

     10.7.4    The  Fourth  Addendum  to  the  Joint   Development  and  License
               Agreement is  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7.4
               of Amendment  No. 5 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on
               Form S-1,  Registration  No. 333-50643 filed with the Commission,
               which registration statement became effective on June 29, 1998.

     10.8      The 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended.

     10.9      The Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

     10.10     Director's Stock Option Plan.

     10.11     Non-U.S. Stock Purchase Plan.

     27.1      Financial Data Schedule.

- ----------
*    The  Company  has  received  confidential  treatment  of  portions  of this
     Exhibit.  Accordingly,  portions  thereof have been omitted from the public
     filing.



                                       45
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15 (d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                             MIPS Technologies, Inc.

                                 By:   /s/            JOHN E. BOURGOIN
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                      John E. Bourgoin
                                                   Chief Executive Officer

Date: September 22, 1998

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



            Signature                     Title                     Date
            ---------                     -----                     ----

/s/     JOHN E. BOURGOIN        Chief Executive Officer       September 22, 1998
- --------------------------        and Director (Principal 
        John E. Bourgoin          Executive Officer)      
                                  

/s/     KEVIN C. EICHLER        (Principal Financial and      September 23, 1998
- --------------------------        Accounting Officer)
        Kevin C. Eichler          

/s/     WILLIAM M. KELLY        Director                      September 23, 1998
- --------------------------
        William M. Kelly

/s/    KENNETH L. COLEMAN       Director                      September 22, 1998
- --------------------------
       Kenneth L. Coleman

/s/    TERUYASU  SEKIMOTO       Director                      September 22, 1998
- --------------------------
        Teruyasu Sekimoto

/s/      FOREST BASKETT         Director                      September 22, 1998
- --------------------------
         Forest Baskett
 
/s/    ANTHONY B. HOLBROOK      Director                      September 22, 1998
- --------------------------
       Anthony B. Holbrook

/s/      FRED M. GIBBONS        Director                      September 21, 1998
- --------------------------
         Fred M. Gibbons


                                       46




                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     Offices

     The  registered  office  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  in  the  City  of
Wilmington,  County of New Castle,  State of Delaware.  The Corporation may also
have one or more offices at such other  places,  either inside or outside of the
State of Delaware,  as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or
as the business of the  Corporation  may  require.  The books and records of the
Corporation  may be kept (subject to the  provisions of the laws of the State of
Delaware) at any place,  either  inside or outside of the State of Delaware,  as
from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  Stockholders

     Section 1. Place of Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders  (whether annual or
special)  shall be held at such place,  either inside or outside of the State of
Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

     Section 2. Annual  Meeting.  The annual meeting of the  stockholders of the
Corporation  shall  be held on such  date  and at such  time as may be  fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 3. Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise  prescribed by law or by the
Corporation's  Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation,  as amended from time to
time (the "Charter"),  and subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding
series of  Preferred  Stock (as  defined in the  Charter),  special  meetings of
stockholders  of the  Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called only
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the President, or, at the request in
writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, any officer. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. In addition, prior to the
Trigger Date (as defined in the Charter),  the Corporation  shall call a special
meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  promptly  upon request by Silicon
Graphics, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  or any of its affiliates,  in each case
if such entity is a stockholder of the Corporation.

     Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, written
or printed  notice,  stating  the  place,  day and hour of the  meeting  and the
purpose or purposes  for which the meeting is called  shall be  delivered by the
Corporation  not less  than ten (10)  calendar  days nor more  than  sixty  (60)
calendar days before the date of the meeting,  either  personally or by mail, to
each  stockholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  Meetings may be
held without notice


<PAGE>
                                       2


if all  stockholders  entitled  to vote are  present,  or if notice is waived by
those not present in  accordance  with Section 2 of Article X of these  By-laws.
Any previously  scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed,  and any
special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled,  by resolution of the Board
of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for
such meeting of stockholders.

     Section 5. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

     (a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

          (i)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and
     the proposal of business to be considered by the  stockholders  may be made
     at an annual  meeting of  stockholders  (A)  pursuant to the  Corporation's
     notice of meeting  delivered  pursuant to Section 4 of this Article II, (B)
     by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (C) by any stockholder of
     the  Corporation  who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving
     of the notice  provided  for in this  Section 5, who is entitled to vote at
     the meeting and who complies with the notice  procedures  set forth in this
     Section 5, or (D) prior to the Trigger Date, by Silicon  Graphics,  Inc., a
     Delaware corporation, or any of its affiliates that is a stockholder of the
     Corporation.

          (ii) For  nominations or other business to be properly  brought before
     an annual  meeting by a  stockholder  pursuant  to clause (C) of  paragraph
     (a)(i) of this Section 5, the  stockholder  must have given  timely  notice
     thereof in  writing  to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  and such other
     business must be a proper subject for stockholder  action.  To be timely, a
     stockholder's  notice shall be delivered to the  Secretary at the principal
     executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more
     than  ninety  (90) days  prior to the first  anniversary  of the  preceding
     year's annual meeting;  provided,  however, that in the event that the date
     of the annual  meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed
     by more than  sixty  (60) days from such  anniversary  date,  notice by the
     stockholder  to be  timely  must  be so  delivered  not  earlier  than  the
     ninetieth day prior to such annual  meeting and not later than the close of
     business on the later of the sixtieth  day prior to such annual  meeting or
     the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of
     such meeting is first made by the Corporation.  For purposes of determining
     whether a stockholder's notice shall have been delivered in a timely manner
     for the annual meeting of  stockholders  in 1999, the first  anniversary of
     the previous  year's  meeting shall be deemed to be October 29, 1999. In no
     event shall the public  announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting
     commence  a new time  period for the  giving of a  stockholder's  notice as
     described above. Such  stockholder's  notice shall set forth (A) as to each
     person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection
     as a director all  information  relating to such person that is required to
     be  disclosed in  solicitations  of proxies for election of directors in an
     election  contest,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant  to
     Regulation 14A under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
     "Exchange  Act"),  and Rule  14a-11  thereunder  (including  such  person's
     written consent to being named in the proxy


<PAGE>
                                       3


     statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);  (B) as to
     any other  business  that the  stockholder  proposes  to bring  before  the
     meeting,  a brief  description of the business desired to be brought before
     the meeting,  the reasons for  conducting  such business at the meeting and
     any  material  interest  in  such  business  of  such  stockholder  and the
     beneficial  owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as
     to the stockholder  giving the notice and the beneficial  owner, if any, on
     whose behalf the  nomination or proposal is made,  (1) the name and address
     of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such
     beneficial  owner and (2) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
     which are owned  beneficially  and of record by such  stockholder  and such
     beneficial owner.

          (iii)  Notwithstanding  anything in the second  sentence of  paragraph
     (a)(ii) of this Section 5 to the contrary,  in the event that the number of
     directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is
     no public  announcement by the  Corporation  naming all of the nominees for
     director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by
     the  Corporation at least seventy (70) days prior to the first  anniversary
     of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholders's notice required by
     this Section 5 shall also be  considered  timely,  but only with respect to
     nominees for any new  positions  created by such  increase,  if it shall be
     delivered  to the  Secretary  at the  principal  executive  offices  of the
     Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following
     the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

     (b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted
at a special  meeting  of  stockholders  as shall have been  brought  before the
meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting pursuant to Section 4 of
this Article II.  Nominations  of persons for election to the Board of Directors
may be made at a special  meeting of  stockholders  at which directors are to be
elected  pursuant  to  the  Corporation's  notice  of  meeting  (i) by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors,  (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation
who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided
for in this  Section 5, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who  complies
with the notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section 5, or (iii) prior to the
Trigger Date, by Silicon Graphics,  Inc., a Delaware corporation,  or any of its
affiliates  that is a  stockholder  of the  Corporation.  In the event  that the
Corporation  calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing
one or more directors to the Board of Directors,  any  stockholder  may nominate
such  person  or  persons  (as the case may be),  for  election  to the Board of
Directors,  if the  stockholder's  notice required by paragraph  (a)(ii) of this
Section  5  shall  be  delivered  to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  at the
principal  executive  offices of the  Corporation not earlier than the ninetieth
day prior to such  special  meeting  and not later than the close of business on
the later of the  sixtieth  day prior to such  special  meeting or the tenth day
following the day on which public  announcement by the Corporation is first made
of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees  proposed by the Board of
Directors to be elected at such meeting.

     (c) General.


<PAGE>
                                       4


          (i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance  with the  procedures
     set forth in this  Section 5 shall be  eligible to serve as  directors  and
     only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall
     have been brought before the meeting in accordance  with the procedures set
     forth in this Section 5. Except as  otherwise  provided by law, the Charter
     or these By-laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty
     to determine  whether a nomination  or any business  proposed to be brought
     before the meeting was made in  accordance  with this Section 5 and, if any
     proposed  nomination or business is not in compliance  with this Section 5,
     to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

          (ii) For purposes of this Section 5, "public  announcement" shall mean
     disclosure  in a press  release  reported  by the Dow Jones  News  Service,
     Associated  Press or  comparable  national  news  service  or in a document
     publicly  filed  by  the  Corporation  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

          (iii)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 5, a
     stockholder  shall also  comply  with all  applicable  requirements  of the
     Exchange Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder with respect to the
     matters  set forth in this  Section 5.  Nothing in this  Section 5 shall be
     deemed to affect any rights (A) of  stockholders  to request  inclusion  of
     proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under
     the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series or Preferred  Stock to
     elect directors.

     Section 6. Quorum.  Except as otherwise  provided by law or in the Charter,
the holders of a majority of the voting power of all  outstanding  shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting
Stock"),  represented  in  person or by proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum at a
meeting of stockholders,  except that when specified  business is to be voted on
by a class or series of stock  voting as a class,  the  holders of a majority of
the shares of such class or series  shall  constitute  a quorum of such class or
series for the  transaction of such business.  At any meeting of stockholders at
which a quorum is not present,  the person serving as chairman of the meeting or
the holders of a majority in interest of the  stockholders  present in person or
by proxy and who are  entitled  to vote on every  matter  that is to be voted on
without  regard to class at such  meeting may  adjourn the meeting  from time to
time. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need by given except
as required by law.

     Section 7. Organization and Conduct of Business.  The Chairman of the Board
of Directors shall act as chairman of meetings of the stockholders. The Board of
Directors may designate any other officer or director of the  Corporation to act
as  chairman  of any  meeting  in the  absence of the  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors,  and the Board of Directors may further  provide for  determining who
shall  act as  chairman  of any  stockholder's  meeting  in the  absence  of the
Chairman of the Board of  Directors  and such  designee.  The person  serving as
chairman of any meeting of  stockholders  shall  determine the order of business
and the  procedure at the meeting,  including  such  regulation of the manner of
voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.


<PAGE>
                                       5


     The Secretary of the Corporation  shall act as secretary of all meetings of
the stockholders,  but in the absence of the Secretary the presiding officer may
appoint any other person to act as secretary of any meeting.

     Section 8.  Proxies  and  Voting.  At any  meeting of  stockholders,  every
stockholder  entitled  to vote may vote in person or by proxy  authorized  by an
instrument  executed  in writing (or in such  manner  prescribed  by the General
Corporation  Law of the  State  of  Delaware)  by the  stockholder,  or by  such
person's duly authorized attorney in fact.

     Election of directors at all meeting of the stockholders at which directors
are to be elected shall be by ballot,  and, subject to the rights of the holders
of any series of Preferred  Stock to elect  directors,  a plurality of the votes
cast thereat  shall elect  directors.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, the
Charter and these By-laws and subject to the rights of the holders of any series
of Preferred  Stock,  in all matters other than the election of  directors,  the
affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the voting  power of the shares  present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter
shall be the act of the stockholders.

     Section 9.  Inspectors of Election.  The Board of Directors may, and to the
extent  required  by law,  shall,  in  advance of any  meeting of  stockholders,
appoint  one  or  more  inspectors  to  act  at the  meeting,  decide  upon  the
qualification of voters,  count the votes, decide the results and make a written
report thereof in accordance  with the General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate
inspectors  to  replace  any  inspector  who fails to act.  If no  inspector  or
alternate is able to act at a meeting of  stockholders,  the person presiding at
the meeting  shall appoint one or more  inspectors  to act at the meeting.  Each
inspector,  before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties,  shall take
and sign an oath  faithfully  to execute  the duties of  inspector  with  strict
impartiality  and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector(s)
shall have the duties prescribed by law.

     Section 10. No Stockholder  Action by Written Consent.  Effective as of the
Trigger Date, any action  required or permitted to be taken by the  stockholders
of the  Corporation  must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting
of such  holders  and may not be  effected  by any  consent  in  writing by such
holders.

                                   ARTICLE III
                               Board of Directors

     Section 1.  Number and Term of Office.  Subject to the  rights,  if any, of
holders of preferred  stock of the  Corporation,  the number of directors of the
Corporation  shall be fixed from time to time  exclusively  by resolution of the
Board of Directors adopted by the affirmative vote of directors constituting not
less than a majority of the Whole Board,  but shall consist of not more than ten
(10) nor less than three (3) directors. The directors,  other than those who may
be  elected  by the  holders  of any class or series of  preferred  stock of the
Corporation,  shall be classified,  with respect to the time they severally hold
office, into three classes, as nearly equal in


<PAGE>
                                       6
 

number as possible, one class to be initially elected for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999, another class to be initially
elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders to be held in
2001,  and another  class to be  initially  elected  for a term  expiring at the
annual meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 2001, with each director to serve
until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.  At
each succeeding  annual meeting of  stockholders,  directors  elected to succeed
those directors whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to
expire at the third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  after  their
election, with each director to serve until his or her successor shall have been
elected and shall have qualified.

     For purposes of these By-laws,  the term "Whole Board" shall mean the total
number of directors that the  Corporation  would have if there were no vacancies
on the Corporation's Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held
at such place,  either  inside or outside of the State of Delaware,  and at such
time,  as may from time to time be  designated  by the  Chairman of the Board of
Directors or  resolution of the Board of Directors or as may be specified in the
call of any meeting.  An annual meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held
on the same day as, and as soon as practicable following,  the annual meeting of
stockholders  or at such other time or place as shall be determined by the Board
of  Directors  at its regular  meeting  next  preceding  said annual  meeting of
stockholders.

     Special  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be held at any time on the
call of the Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  the President or a majority of
the Board of Directors then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call
special  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  may fix the time and place of the
meetings.  Meetings may be held at any time or place  without  notice if all the
directors  are  present or if those not present  waive  notice of the meeting in
writing.

     Section 3. Notice of Meetings.  Notice of the time and place of meetings of
the Board of Directors  (excepting  the annual  meeting of  directors)  shall be
given  to each  director  by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the
Corporation  by (i) mailing or sending  via  courier  such notice not later than
during the second day  preceding the day on which such meeting is to be held, or
(ii) by (a)  sending  a  facsimile  transmission  or  other  form of  electronic
communication containing such notice or (b) delivering such notice personally or
by  telephone,  in each case,  not later than during the first day preceding the
day on which such meeting is to be held.  Unless  otherwise stated in the notice
thereof, any and all business may be transacted at any meeting.

     Section 4. Quorum and  Organization  of  Meetings.  Subject to Section 5 of
this Article  III, a whole  number of directors  equal to at least a majority of
the Whole Board shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,  but
if at any  meeting of the Board of  Directors  there shall be less than a quorum
present,  a majority of the directors  present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice.  The act of a majority of the directors  present
at a  meeting  at which a quorum  is  present  shall be the act of the  Board of
Directors.  The directors  present at a duly  organized  meeting may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the


<PAGE>
                                       7
 

withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

     Meetings  shall be presided  over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors
or, in his or her absence,  by such other  person as the Board of Directors  may
designate or the members present may select.

     Section  5.  Vacancies.  Subject  to the  rights,  if any,  of  holders  of
preferred stock of the Corporation,  and unless the Board of Directors otherwise
determines,  any vacancy  occurring in the Board of  Directors  caused by death,
resignation,  increase in number of directors or otherwise  may be filled by the
affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  remaining  members  of the  Board  of
Directors,  though  less than a quorum,  or by a sole  remaining  director,  and
except as  otherwise  provided by law, any such vacancy may not be filled by the
stockholders  of the  Company.  Any  director  elected  in  accordance  with the
preceding  sentence  shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the
class of  directors  in which the new  directorship  was  created or the vacancy
occurred and until such  director's  successor  shall have been duly elected and
qualified.  No decrease  in the number of  directors  constituting  the Board of
Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

     Section 6.  Powers.  In  addition  to the powers and  authorities  by these
By-laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors shall have and may
exercise  all such  powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things
that are not by statute, the Charter or these By-laws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.

     Section 7. Reliance upon Books,  Reports and Records.  Each director,  each
member of any  committee  designated by the Board of Directors and each officer,
in the performance of his or her duties,  shall be fully protected in relying in
good faith upon such information,  opinions,  reports or statements presented to
the  Corporation  by any of its officers or  employees,  or by committees of the
Board of Directors, or by any other person, as to matters such director,  member
or officer,  as the case may be,  reasonably  believes are within such  person's
professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care
by the Board of Directors or by any such committee,  or in relying in good faith
upon other records of the Corporation.

     Section 8.  Compensation  of Directors.  Directors,  as such,  may receive,
pursuant  to  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors,  fixed  fees  and  other
compensation  for their services as directors,  including,  without  limitation,
services as members of committees of the Board of Directors;  provided, however,
that nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to preclude any director from
serving  the  Corporation  in any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation
therefor.

     Section 9.  Meetings by Means of  Conference  Telephone.  Unless  otherwise
provided by the Charter or these By-laws,  members of the Board of Directors, or
any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting
of the Board of Directors or such  committee by means of a conference  telephone
or similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating
in the meeting can hear each other,  and  participation in a meeting pursuant to
this Section 8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


<PAGE>
                                       8


     Section 10. Actions by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board of  Directors or of any  committee  thereof
may be taken  without a meeting  if all  members  of the Board of  Directors  or
committee,  as the case may be, consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of  proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                      Committees of the Board of Directors

     Section  1.  Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  There  are  hereby
established  as committees of the Board of Directors:  an Audit  Committee and a
Compensation  Committee,  each of which shall have the powers and  functions set
forth in Sections 2 and 3 hereof,  respectively,  and such additional  powers as
may be delegated  to it by the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  may
from time to time establish additional standing committees or special committees
of the Board of Directors, each of which shall have such powers and functions as
may be delegated  to it by the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  may
abolish any  committee  established  by or pursuant to this  Section 1 as it may
deem advisable.  Each such committee shall consist of two or more directors, the
exact  number  being  determined  from time to time by the  Board of  Directors.
Designations  of the  chairman  and  members  of each such  committee,  and,  if
desired, a vice chairman and alternates for members,  shall be made by the Board
of Directors.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee
and any  alternate  member in his or her  place,  the  member or  members of the
committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting whether or not
he or she or they  constitute a quorum,  may by unanimous  vote appoint  another
member  of the  Board of  Directors  to act at the  meeting  in the place of the
absent or disqualified  member.  Each committee shall have a secretary who shall
be designated by its chairman.  A vice chairman of a committee  shall act as the
chairman of the committee in the absence or disability of the chairman.  Nothing
herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from  appointing one or
more committees  consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors
of the Corporation;  provided, however, that no such committee shall have or may
exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall select and engage, on
behalf of the Corporation, independent public accountants to (a) audit the books
of account and other  corporate  records of the Corporation and (b) perform such
other duties as the Audit Committee may from time to time  prescribe.  The Audit
Committee  shall transmit  financial  statements  certified by such  independent
public  accountants  to the Board of  Directors  after the close of each  fiscal
year. The selection of independent public accountants for each fiscal year shall
be made in advance of the annual meeting of stockholders in such fiscal year and
shall be submitted  for  ratification  or rejection at such  meeting.  The Audit
Committee shall confer with such accountants and review and approve the scope of
the audit of the books of account and other  corporate  records of the  Company.
The Audit  Committee shall have the power to confer with and direct the officers
of the  Corporation  to the extent  necessary to review the  internal  controls,
accounting  practices,  financial  structure  and  financial  reporting  of  the
Corporation. From time to


<PAGE>
                                       9


time the Audit  Committee  shall  report to and  advise  the Board of  Directors
concerning  the results of its  consultation  and review and such other  matters
relating to the internal controls, accounting practices, financial structure and
financial  reporting of the  Corporation as the Audit  Committee  believes merit
review by the Board of Directors.  The Audit  Committee  also shall perform such
other  functions  and exercise  such other powers as may be delegated to it from
time to time by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.  Compensation  Committee.  The Compensation  Committee shall fix
from time to time the  salaries  of  members of the Board of  Directors  who are
officers  or  employees  of the  Corporation  and of all Senior  Executive  Vice
Presidents,  Executive  Vice  Presidents  and  Senior  Vice  Presidents  of  the
Corporation.  It also shall  perform  such  functions  as may be delegated to it
under  the  provisions  of  any  bonus,   supplemental   compensation,   special
compensation or stock option plan of the Corporation.

     Section 4. Rules and  Procedures.  Each committee may fix its own rules and
procedures  and shall meet at such times and places as may be  provided  by such
rules,  by  resolution  of the  committee  or by  call of the  chairman  or vice
chairman of such committee.  Notice of meeting of each committee,  other than of
regular  meetings  provided for by its rules or  resolutions,  shall be given to
committee members.  The presence of a majority of its members, but not less than
two,  shall  constitute a quorum of any  committee,  and all questions  shall be
decided by a majority  vote of the members  present at the  meeting.  All action
taken at each committee meeting shall be recorded in minutes of the meeting.

     Section 5.  Application  of Article.  Whenever  any  provision of any other
document  relating to any committee of the Corporation named therein shall be in
conflict with any  provision of this Article IV, the  provisions of this Article
IV shall govern,  except that if such other document shall have been approved by
the  stockholders  or by the Board of  Directors,  the  provisions of such other
document shall govern.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    Officers

     Section 1.  Officers.  The officers of the Company shall include a Chairman
of the Board of  Directors,  who shall be chosen  from  among the  directors,  a
President, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one
or more Senior Vice  Presidents,  one or more Vice  Presidents,  a Treasurer,  a
General  Counsel and a Secretary,  each of whom shall be elected by the Board of
Directors to hold office until his or her  successor  shall have been chosen and
shall have  qualified.  The Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors  and the Chief  Executive  Officer  may elect or  appoint  one or more
Controllers,  one or more  Assistant  Vice  Presidents,  one or  more  Assistant
Treasurers,  one or more  Assistant  General  Counsels and one or more Assistant
Secretaries, and the Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers
as it may deem necessary, or desirable,  each of whom shall have such authority,
shall  perform  such  duties  and  shall  hold  office  for such  term as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors  from time to time.  Any person may hold at
one time more than one office, excepting


<PAGE>
                                       10


that the duties of the  President  and  Secretary  shall not be performed by one
person.

     Section 2. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall be the Chief Executive  Officer of the  Corporation.  Subject to
the  provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors,
he or she shall have ultimate  authority  for decisions  relating to the general
management and control of the affairs and business of the  Corporation and shall
perform all other duties and exercise all other powers commonly  incident to the
position  of Chief  Executive  Officer  or which are or from time to time may be
delegated  to him or her by the Board of  Directors,  or which are or may at any
time be  authorized  or required by law. He or she shall preside at all meetings
of the  Board  of  Directors.  He or she  shall  make  reports  to the  Board of
Directors and stockholders, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the
Board of  Directors  and any  committee  thereof are carried  into  effect.  The
Chairman of the Board may also serve as President, if so elected by the Board of
Directors.  The Board of Directors may also elect a Vice-Chairman  to act in the
place of the Chairman upon his or her absence or inability to act.

     Section 3. President. Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the
direction  of the Board of Directors  and of the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the
President  shall have such powers and shall  perform such duties as from time to
time may be  delegated  to him or her by the Board of  Directors or by the Chief
Executive Officer,  or which are or may at any time be authorized or required by
law.

     Section 4.  Executive  Vice  Presidents,  Senior Vice  Presidents  and Vice
Presidents.  Each of the  Executive  Vice  Presidents,  each of the Senior  Vice
Presidents  and each of the other Vice  Presidents  shall  have such  powers and
shall  perform  such  duties as may be  delegated  to him or her by the Board of
Directors,  the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the President or such other
officer or officers to whom he or she is directly responsible.

     Section 5. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. The Treasurer, subject to the
direction  of the Board of  Directors,  shall  have the care and  custody of all
funds and  securities  of the  Corporation.  When  necessary or proper he or she
shall endorse on behalf of the Corporation,  for collection,  checks,  notes and
other obligations,  and shall deposit all funds of the Corporation in such banks
or other  depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors or by such
officers or  employees  as may be  authorized  by the Board of  Directors  so to
designate. He or she shall perform all acts incident to the office of Treasurer,
subject to the  control  of the Board of  Directors  and such  other  officer or
officers to whom he or she is directly responsible. He or she may be required to
give a bond for the  faithful  discharge  of his or her duties,  in such sum and
upon such conditions as the Board of Directors may require.

     At the request and direction of the Treasurer or, in the case of his or her
absence or  inability  to act,  any  Assistant  Treasurer  may act in his or her
place.  In the case of the death of the Treasurer,  or in the case of his or her
absence or inability to act without having designated an Assistant  Treasurer to
act temporarily in his or her place,  the Assistant  Treasurer so to perform the
duties of the  Treasurer  shall be  designated  by the  Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the


<PAGE>
                                       11


President or an Executive Vice President.

     Section 6. Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall keep full
and  accurate  minutes of the meetings of the  stockholders  and of the Board of
Directors in the proper record book of the Corporation  provided therefor,  and,
when  required,  the  minutes  of  meetings  of the  committees,  and  shall  be
responsible for the custody of all such minutes. Subject to the direction of the
Board of Directors,  the  Secretary  shall have custody of the stock ledgers and
documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal
of the Corporation and shall affix and attest such seal to any instrument  whose
execution under seal shall have been duly  authorized.  He or she shall give due
notice of meetings  and,  subject to the  direction  of the Board of  Directors,
shall  perform  all other  duties  commonly  incident to his or her office or as
properly  required of him or her by the Chairman of the Board of  Directors  and
such other  officer or officers to whom he or she is  directly  responsible  and
shall enjoy all other powers commonly incident to his or her office.

     At the request and direction of the Secretary or, in the case of his or her
absence or  inability  to act,  any  Assistant  Secretary  may act in his or her
place.  In the case of the death of the Secretary,  or in the case of his or her
absence or inability to act without having designated an Assistant  Secretary to
act temporarily in his or her place, the Assistant  Secretary or other person so
to perform the duties of the  Secretary  shall be  designated by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, the President or an Executive Vice President.

     Section 7. Assistant Vice  Presidents  and Other  Officers.  Each assistant
vice president and other officers shall perform such duties commonly incident to
his or her office or as properly  required of him or her by the  Chairman of the
Board of  Directors  and such  other  officer or  officers  to whom he or she is
directly responsible.

     Section  8.  General  Counsel.  The  General  Counsel  shall  have  general
supervision of all matters of a legal nature  concerning the Corporation.  He or
she shall perform all such duties  commonly  incident to his or her office or as
properly  required of him or her by the Chairman of the Board of  Directors  and
such other officer or officers to whom he or she is directly responsible.

     Section 9.  Salaries.  Salaries of officers,  agents or employees  shall be
fixed  from  time to time by the  Board of  Directors  or by such  committee  or
committees,  or person or  persons,  if any,  to whom such power shall have been
delegated by the Board of  Directors.  An employment  contract,  whether with an
officer, agent or employee, if expressly approved or specifically  authorized by
the  Board  of  Directors,  may fix a term of  employment  thereunder;  and such
contract,  if so approved  or  authorized,  shall be valid and binding  upon the
Corporation in accordance  with the terms thereof,  provided that this provision
shall not limit or restrict in any way the right of the  Corporation at any time
to remove  from  office,  discharge  or  terminate  the  employment  of any such
officer,  agent or employee  prior to the  expiration  of the term of employment
under any such contract.


<PAGE>
                                       12


     Section 10.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office  filled by election of the
Board of Directors  may be filled by the Board of Directors by the election of a
new officer who shall hold office,  subject to the provisions of this Article V,
until the regular meeting of the directors  following the next annual meeting of
the stockholders and until his or her successor is elected.

     Section 11. Removal or Discharge.  Any officer may be removed or discharged
by the Chairman of the Board of  Directors at any time  excepting an officer who
is also a director.  Any officer who also is a director may be discharged at any
time by the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>
                                       13


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  Resignations

     Any director or officer of the  Corporation,  whether elected or appointed,
may  resign at any time by giving  written  notice  of such  resignation  to the
Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the President,  or the Secretary,  and such
resignation  shall be deemed  effective  as of the close of business on the date
said  notice  is  received  by the  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors,  the
President,  or the Secretary,  or at such later time as is specified therein. No
formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to
make any such resignation effective.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         Capital Stock; Dividends; Seal

     Section  1.  Stock  Certificates  and  Transfers.   The  interest  of  each
stockholder of the Corporation  shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of
stock in such form as the appropriate  officers of the Corporation may from time
to  time  prescribe.  The  shares  of the  stock  of the  Corporation  shall  be
transferred  on the books of the  Corporation by the holder thereof in person or
by such person's  attorney,  upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for
at least the same  number of shares,  with an  assignment  and power of transfer
endorsed  thereon or attached  thereto,  duly  executed,  with such proof of the
authenticity  of the signature as the  Corporation  or its agents may reasonably
require.  The certificates of stock shall be numbered and signed by the Chairman
of the Board of Directors,  the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior
Vice  President or a Vice  President,  and also by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer,  or the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary.  Any and all signatures
may be  facsimiles.  In case any officer,  transfer  agent or registrar  who has
signed or whose  facsimile  signature  has been  placed upon a  certificate  has
ceased to be such officer,  transfer agent or registrar  before such certificate
is issued,  it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or
she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 2. Lost,  Destroyed or Stolen  Certificate.  Any person  claiming a
stock  certificate  in lieu of one lost,  destroyed  or  stolen,  shall give the
Corporation an affidavit as to his, her or its ownership of the  certificate and
of the facts which go to prove that it has been lost,  destroyed  or stolen.  If
required by the Board of Directors or any financial  officer of the Corporation,
he,  she or it also shall give the  Corporation  a bond,  in such form as may be
approved by the Board of  Directors or such  financial  officer,  sufficient  to
indemnify  the  Corporation  against  any claim  that may be made  against it on
account  of the  alleged  loss  of the  certificate  or  the  issuance  of a new
certificate. A new certificate shall be issued upon receipt of such an affidavit
and, if required, upon the giving of such a bond.

     Section 3. Record of holder of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to
treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the holder in fact thereof,
and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claims to
or interest in such  shares on the part of any other  person,  whether or not it
shall have express or other notice  thereof,  save as expressly  provided by the
General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware.  The  Corporation  shall be


<PAGE>
                                       14


entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as
the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

     Section 4. Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare,
and the  Corporation  may pay,  dividends on its  outstanding  shares of capital
stock in the manner and upon the terms and  conditions  provided  by law and the
Charter.

     Section 5.  Corporate  Seal.  The  corporate  seal shall be in such form as
shall from time to time be  approved by the Board of  Directors.  If and when so
authorized  by the Board of  Directors,  a duplicate of the seal may be kept and
used by the  Secretary or Treasurer or by any  Assistant  Secretary or Assistant
Treasurer.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                   Execution of Contracts and Other Documents

     Section 1. Contracts, etc. Except as otherwise required by law, the Charter
or these By-laws, such officers, employees or agents of the Corporation as shall
be specified by the Board of Directors  shall sign, in the name and on behalf of
the Corporation, all deeds, bonds, contracts, mortgages and other instruments or
documents, the execution of which shall be authorized by the Board of Directors;
and such authority may be general or confined to specific  instances.  Except as
so authorized by the Board of  Directors,  no officer,  agent or employee of the
Corporation  shall  have  power  or  authority  to bind the  Corporation  by any
contract or engagement or to pledge,  mortgage, sell or otherwise dispose of its
credit or any of its property or to render it pecuniarily liable for any purpose
or in any amount.

     Section 2.  Checks,  Drafts,  etc.  Except as  otherwise  provided in these
By-laws,  all checks,  drafts,  notes, bonds, bills of exchange or other orders,
instruments  or  obligations  for the  payment of money  shall be signed by such
officer or officers,  employee or employees, or agent or agents, as the Board of
Directors  shall by  resolution  direct.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  in its
discretion,  also provide by resolution for the countersignature or registration
of any or all such orders, instruments or obligations for the payment of money.

     Section 3. Proxies.  Unless otherwise  prescribed by resolution  adopted by
the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or
any Executive Vice  President,  Senior Vice President or Vice President may from
time to time  appoint  an  attorney  or  attorneys  or  agent or  agents  of the
Corporation,  in the name and on  behalf of the  Corporation,  to cast the votes
which the  Corporation  may be  entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation,  any of whose stock or other securities may
be held by the  Corporation,  at  meetings  of the holders of the stock or other
securities of such other corporation,  or to consent in writing,  in the name of
the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation, and may
instruct  the person or persons so  appointed  as to the manner of casting  such
votes or giving  such  consent,  and may  execute or cause to be executed in the
name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise,
all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or
proper in the premises.


<PAGE>
                                       15


                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   Fiscal Year

     The fiscal  year of the  Company  shall begin the first day of July in each
year.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  Miscellaneous

     Section 1. Notices and Waivers  Thereof.  Whenever  any notice  whatever is
required  by these  By-laws,  the  Charter  or any of the  laws of the  State of
Delaware  to be given to any  stockholder,  director or  officer,  such  notice,
except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware,  may be given
personally or by telephone or be given by facsimile  transmission  or other form
of  electronic  communication,  addressed to such  stockholder  at such person's
address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, or to such
director  or  officer at his or her  Corporation  location,  if any,  or at such
address as appears on the books of the  Corporation,  or the notice may be given
in writing by depositing the same in a post office, or in a regularly maintained
letter box, or by sending it via courier in a postpaid, sealed wrapper addressed
to such stockholder at such person's address as it appears on the stock transfer
books  of  the  Corporation,  or to  such  director  or  officer  at  his or her
Corporation  location,  if any,  or such  address as appears on the books of the
Corporation.

     Any notice  given by  facsimile  transmission  or other form of  electronic
communication  shall be  deemed  to have  been  given  when it shall  have  been
transmitted.  Any notice  given by mail or courier  shall be deemed to have been
given when it shall have been mailed or delivered to the courier.

     A  waiver  of  any  such  notice  in  writing,   including   by   facsimile
transmission,  signed or dispatched by the person  entitled to such notice or by
his or her duly  authorized  attorney,  whether  before or after the time stated
therein,  shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given, and the
presence at any meeting of any person entitled to notice thereof shall be deemed
a waiver of such notice as to such person.

     Section 2. Audits. The accounts, books and records of the Corporation shall
be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an  independent  certified
public accountant  selected by the Board of Directors,  and it shall be the duty
of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be done annually.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   Amendments

     These By-laws may be altered,  amended or repealed,  and new By-laws may be
adopted (a) at any annual or special  meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
vote of the  holders of a majority of the voting  power of the stock  issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat,  provided,  however, that any proposed
alteration, amendment or repeal of, or the adoption of any


<PAGE>
                                       16


By-law  inconsistent with,  Sections 3, 5 or 10 of Article II or Sections 1 or 5
of Article III of the By-laws by the stockholders  shall require the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all Voting Stock then
outstanding,  voting together as a single class, and provided, further, however,
that,  in the  case of any such  stockholder  action  at a  special  meeting  of
stockholders,  notice of the proposed alteration,  amendment, repeal or adoption
of the new By-law or By-laws  must be  contained  in the notice of such  special
meeting, or (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.






                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                          1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                          (as amended August 27, 1998)



<PAGE>


                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                          1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

1.   Purposes

     The  purposes of the Plan are to (a) promote the  long-term  success of the
Company and to increase  stockholder value by providing Eligible Individuals and
Consultants   with  incentives  to  contribute  to  the  long-term   growth  and
profitability of the Company and (b) assist the Company in attracting, retaining
and motivating highly qualified  individuals.  The Plan permits the Committee to
make Awards which  constitute  "qualified  performance-based  compensation"  for
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.


2.   Definitions

     For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

     "Administrator"  means the  individual or individuals to whom the Committee
delegates authority under the Plan in accordance with Section 3(d).

     "Award"  means  an  award  made  pursuant  to the  terms  of the Plan to an
Eligible  Individual in the form of Stock Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights,
Stock Awards, Restricted Stock, Performance Units or Other Awards.

     "Award  Document"  means a written  document  approved in  accordance  with
Section  3 which  sets  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Award to the
Participant.  An Award  Document may be in the form of (i) an agreement  between
the  Company  which is  executed  by an officer on behalf of the  Company and is
signed by the  Participant or (ii) a certificate  issued by the Company which is
executed  by an  officer  on  behalf of the  Company  but does not  require  the
signature of the Participant.

     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     "Cause" means the termination of Purchaser's employment as a result of: (i)
an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by such Purchaser and intended to result
in gain or personal  enrichment of the  Purchaser,  (ii)  persistent  failure to
perform the duties and  obligations of such Purchaser which is not remedied in a
reasonable  period of time after receipt of written notice from Employer,  (iii)
violation  of  confidentiality  or  proprietary  information  obligations  to or
agreements  entered into with the Employer,  (iv) use, sale or  distribution  of
illegal drugs on the  Employer's  premises,  (v)  threatening,  intimidating  or
coercing or harassing fellow employees, or (vi) the conviction of such Purchaser
of a felony.


<PAGE>


     "Change in Control" means:

          (i) the  acquisition  of any Person (as such term is used in  Sections
     13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
     "1934  Act")  as  Beneficial  Owner  (as  such  term is used in Rule  13d-3
     promulgated under the 1934 Act),  directly or indirectly,  of fifty percent
     (50%) or more of the  combined  voting power of the  outstanding  shares of
     capital stock of the Company's then outstanding  securities with respect to
     the election of the directors of the Board.

          (ii)  During any period of three (3)  consecutive  years,  individuals
     who, at the beginning of such period,  constitute the Board (the "Incumbent
     Board")  cease for any  reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  of the
     Board, provided that any person becoming a Director of the Board subsequent
     to the date of this Agreement whose election,  or a nomination for election
     by the  Company's  shareholders,  was  approved  by the  vote of at least a
     majority of the directors then  comprising the Incumbent  Board (other than
     an election or nomination  of any  individual  whose initial  assumption of
     office  is in  connection  with an actual or  threatened  election  contest
     relating to the election of the  directors of the Board,  as such terms are
     used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 1934 Act) shall
     be, for these  purposes,  considered as though such person were a member of
     the Incumbent Board.

     "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  and the
applicable  rulings  and  regulations   (including  any  proposed   regulations)
thereunder.

     "Committee"  means the  Compensation  Committee of the Board, any successor
committee  thereto  or any other  committee  appointed  from time to time by the
Board to  administer  the Plan.  The  Committee  shall  consist  of at least two
individuals and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

     "Common  Stock" means the common stock,  par value $.001 per share,  of the
Company.

     "Company" means MIPS Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company
to render services and who is compensated for such services. The term Consultant
shall include directors on the Board.

     "Eligible Individuals" means the individuals described in Section 6 who are
eligible for Awards under the Plan.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and
the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

     "Fair Market  Value" means,  with respect to a share of Common  Stock,  the
fair  market  value  thereof  as of  the  relevant  date  of  determination,  as
determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Committee.
In  the  absence  of  any  alternative  valuation  methodology  approved  by the
Committee,  the Fair  Market  Value of a share of Common  Stock  shall equal the
closing selling price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the composite



                                       2
<PAGE>


tape for securities listed on the Nasdaq National Market, or such other national
securities exchange as may be designated by the Committee, or, in the event that
the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a national securities exchange but
is quoted on an automated  system, on such automated system, in any such case on
the  valuation  date (or,  if there  were no sales on the  valuation  date,  the
average of the highest and the lowest quoted  selling prices as reported on said
composite  tape or automated  system for the most recent day during which a sale
occurred).

     "Good Reason" for voluntary  resignation  means (i) the Employer reduces by
ten percent  (10%) or more the  Purchaser's  compensation  at the rate in effect
immediately  prior to the  Change of  Control or (ii)  without  the  Purchaser's
express  written  consent,  the Employer  requires  the  Purchaser to change the
location  of his or her job or  office,  so that he or she  will be  based  at a
location  more than  fifty (50)  miles  from the  location  of his or her job or
office  immediately  prior  to  the  Change  of  Control.  For  these  purposes,
"Compensation" means base salary, exclusive of bonus, incentive compensation and
shift  differential,  paid by the Employer as consideration  for the Purchaser's
service.

     "Incentive  Stock Option" means a Stock Option which is an "incentive stock
option"  within the  meaning of Section  422 of the Code and  designated  by the
Committee as an Incentive Stock Option in an Award Document.

     "Nonqualified  Stock Option" means a Stock Option which is not an Incentive
Stock Option.

     "Other Award" means any other form of award  authorized under Section 13 of
the Plan. 

     "Participant"  means  an  Eligible  Individual  to whom an  Award  has been
granted under the Plan.

     "Performance  Unit"  means  a  performance  unit  granted  to  an  Eligible
Individual  pursuant  to  Section  12 hereof  which is  subject  to  performance
criteria.

     "Plan" means this MIPS Technologies,  Inc.1998 Long-Term  Incentive Plan as
described herein.

     "Restricted  Stock" means Common  Stock  granted to an Eligible  Individual
pursuant to Section 11 hereof which is subject to restrictions.

     "Restoration Option" means a Stock Option that is awarded upon the exercise
of a Stock Option earlier  awarded under the Plan (an  "Underlying  Option") for
which  the  exercise  price is paid in whole or in part by  tendering  shares of
Common Stock previously owned by the Participant,  where such Restoration Option
(i)  covers a number of shares of Common  Stock no  greater  than the  number of
previously  owned  shares  tendered  in  payment  of the  exercise  price of the
Underlying  Option plus the number of shares  withheld to pay taxes arising upon
such exercise,  (ii) the expiration date of the  Restoration  Option is no later
than the expiration  date of the Underlying  Option and (iii) the exercise price
per share of the  Restoration  Option is no less than the Fair Market  Value per
share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the Underlying Option.


                                       3
<PAGE>


     "Stock  Appreciation Right" means a right to receive all or some portion of
the  appreciation  on shares of Common Stock  granted to an Eligible  Individual
pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

     "Stock  Award"  means  a share  of  Common  Stock  granted  to an  Eligible
Individual  for no  consideration  other than the provision of services or offer
for  sale  to an  Eligible  Employee  at a  purchase  price  determined  by  the
Committee, in either case pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

     "Stock Option" means an Award to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to
an Eligible Individual  pursuant to Section 8 hereof,  which Award may be either
an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

     "Substitute  Award"  means an  Award  granted  upon  assumption  of,  or in
substitution for,  outstanding  awards previously  granted by a company or other
entity  in  connection  with  a  corporate   transaction,   such  as  a  merger,
combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock.

3.   Administration of the Plan

     (a) Power and Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by
the Committee, which shall have full power and authority, subject to the express
provisions hereof:

          (i) to select Participants from the Eligible Individuals;

          (ii) to make Awards in accordance with the Plan;

          (iii) to  determine  the number of shares of Common  Stock  subject to
     each Award or the cash amount payable in connection with an Award;

          (iv) to determine the terms and  conditions of each Award,  including,
     without  limitation,  those  related to  vesting,  forfeiture,  payment and
     exercisability,  and the effect, if any, of a Participant's  termination of
     employment with the Company, and including the authority to amend the terms
     and conditions of an Award after the granting thereof to a Participant in a
     manner that is not, without the consent of the Participant,  prejudicial to
     the rights of such Participant in such Award;

          (v) to specify  and  approve  the  provisions  of the Award  Documents
     delivered to Participants in connection with their Awards;

          (vi) to construe and interpret any Award Document  delivered under the
     Plan;

          (vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures relating to
     the Plan;

          (viii) to vary the terms of Awards to take account of tax,  securities
     law and other regulatory requirements of foreign jurisdictions;


                                       4
<PAGE>


          (ix)  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Plan  and  subject  to such
     additional  limitations and  restrictions  as the Committee may impose,  to
     delegate  to  one  or  more  officers  of the  Company  some  or all of its
     authority under the Plan;

          (x) to employ such legal counsel, independent auditors and consultants
     as it deems desirable for the  administration  of the Plan and to rely upon
     any opinion or computation received therefrom; and

          (xi) to make all other determinations and to formulate such procedures
     as may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     (b) Plan  Construction  and  Interpretation.  The Committee shall have full
power and authority,  subject to the express  provisions hereof, to construe and
interpret the Plan.

     (c)  Determinations of Committee Final and Binding.  All  determinations by
the Committee in carrying out and  administering  the Plan and in construing and
interpreting  the Plan shall be final,  binding and  conclusive for all purposes
and upon all persons interested herein.

     (d) Delegation of Authority.  The Committee may, but need not, from time to
time delegate some or all of its  authority  under the Plan to an  Administrator
consisting of one or more members of the Committee or of one or more officers of
the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  the  Committee  may not  delegate  its
authority  (i) to make Awards to Eligible  Individuals  who are  officers of the
Company who are delegated  authority by the Committee  hereunder,  or (ii) under
Sections 3(b) and 16 of the Plan. Any delegation  hereunder  shall be subject to
the  restrictions  and limits that the  Committee  specifies at the time of such
delegation or  thereafter.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as obligating
the Committee to delegate  authority to an Administrator,  and the Committee may
at any time  rescind  the  authority  delegated  to an  Administrator  appointed
hereunder  or  appoint a new  Administrator.  At all  times,  the  Administrator
appointed  under this Section 3(d) shall serve in such  capacity at the pleasure
of the Committee.  Any action undertaken by the Administrator in accordance with
the Committee's  delegation of authority shall have the same force and effect as
if undertaken  directly by the  Committee,  and any reference in the Plan to the
Committee shall, to the extent consistent with the terms and limitations of such
delegation, be deemed to include a reference to the Administrator.

     (e) Liability of Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for
any  action  nor  determination  made in good  faith,  and  the  members  of the
Committee shall be entitled to  indemnification  and reimbursement in the manner
provided in the Company's certificate of incorporation as it may be amended from
time to time. In the  performance  of its  responsibilities  with respect to the
Plan,  the  Committee  shall be  entitled  to rely upon  information  and advice
furnished by the Company's officers,  the Company's  accountants,  the Company's
counsel and any other party the Committee deems necessary,  and no member of the
Committee shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any
such advice.

     (f)  Action  by  the  Board.   Anything   in  the  Plan  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  any authority or responsibility  which, under the terms of the
Plan,  may be exercised by the Committee may  alternatively  be exercised by the
Board.


                                       5
<PAGE>


4.   Effective Date and Term

     The Plan shall become  effective  upon its adoption by the Board subject to
its  approval by the  stockholders  of the  Company.  Prior to such  stockholder
approval, the Committee may grant Awards conditioned on stockholder approval. If
such stockholder  approval is not obtained at or before the first annual meeting
of stockholders to occur after the adoption of the Plan by the Board  (including
any  adjournment  or  adjournments  thereof),  the  Plan  and  any  Awards  made
thereunder  shall terminate ab initio and be of no further force and effect.  In
no event shall any Awards be made under the Plan after the  [fifth]  anniversary
of the date of stockholder approval.

5.   Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan

     (a) General. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15(b) hereof, the
number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the
Plan (the  "Section 5 Limit")  shall not exceed,  in the  aggregate,  6,600,000.
Shares  issued under this Plan may be either  authorized  but  unissued  shares,
treasury shares or any combination thereof.

     (b) Rules  Applicable to  Determining  Shares  Available for Issuance.  For
purposes  of  determining  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  that  remain
available for issuance,  the following shares shall be added back to the Section
5 Limit and again be available for Awards:

          (i) The number of shares tendered to pay the exercise price of a Stock
     Option or other Award; and

          (ii) The  number  of  shares  withheld  from any  Award to  satisfy  a
     Participant's  tax withholding  obligations  or, if applicable,  to pay the
     exercise price of a Stock Option or other Award.

     In addition,  any shares issued  underlying  Substitute Awards shall not be
counted  against  the  Section 5 Limit and shall not be subject to Section  5(c)
below.

     (c)  Special  Limits.  Anything  to the  contrary  in  Section  5(a)  above
notwithstanding,  but subject to Section  15(b)  below,  the  following  special
limits  shall apply to shares of Common  Stock  available  for Awards  under the
Plan:

          (i) The  maximum  number of  shares  that may be issued in the form of
     Stock  Awards,  or issued  upon  settlement  of  Restricted  Stock or Other
     Awards,  shall  equal  800,000  shares,  of which no more  than a number of
     shares  equal to 10% of the  Section 5 Limit  shall be in the form of Other
     Awards, provided,  however, that any such Stock Awards, Restricted Stock or
     Other Awards that are issued in lieu of cash  compensation  that  otherwise
     would be paid to a Participant,  or in satisfaction of any other obligation
     owed by the Company to a  Participant,  shall not be counted  against  such
     limitation; and

          (ii) The maximum  number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject
     to Stock  Options or Stock  Appreciation  Rights  granted  to any  Eligible
     Individual in any fiscal year


                                       6
<PAGE>


     of the Company  shall  equal  3,000,000  shares plus any shares  which were
     available under this Section  5(c)(ii) for Awards of Stock Options or Stock
     Appreciation  Rights to such  Eligible  Individual in any prior fiscal year
     but which were not covered by such Awards.

          (iii) The maximum number of  Performance  Units that may be granted to
     any  Eligible  Individual  in any fiscal  year of the  Company  shall equal
     3,000,000 units plus any Performance  Units which were available under this
     Section  5(c)(iii)  for  Awards  of  Performance  Units  to  such  Eligible
     Individual  in any prior  fiscal  year but which  were not  covered by such
     Awards

6.   Eligible Individuals

     Awards may be granted by the  Committee  to  Eligible  Individuals  who are
officers  or other  key  employees  of the  Company  or  Consultants;  provided,
however,  that  Consultants  shall not be  eligible to receive  Incentive  Stock
Options. An individual's status as an Administrator will not, by itself,  affect
his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan.

7.   Awards in General

     (a) Types of Award and Award Document. Awards under the Plan may consist of
Stock  Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  Stock Awards,  Restricted  Stock,
Performance Stock or Other Awards.  Any Award described in Sections 8 through 13
of the Plan may be granted  singly or in combination or in tandem with any other
Award, as the Committee may determine.  Awards may be made in combination  with,
in  replacement  of, or as  alternatives  to  grants  of rights  under any other
employee  compensation  plan of the Company,  including the plan of any acquired
entity, or may be granted in satisfaction of the Company's obligations under any
such plan.

     (b) Terms Set Forth in Award Document. The terms and provisions of an Award
shall be set forth in a written  Award  Document  approved by the  Committee and
delivered  or made  available  to the  Participant  as soon as  administratively
practicable  following  the date of such  Award.  The  vesting,  exercisability,
payment  and other  restrictions  applicable  to an Award  (which  may  include,
without  limitation,  restrictions on transferability or provision for mandatory
resale to the Company) shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the
applicable  Award  Document.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Committee may
accelerate  (i)  the  vesting  or  payment  of any  Award,  (ii)  the  lapse  of
restrictions  on any Award or (iii) the date on which  any Stock  Option,  Stock
Appreciation Right or Other Award first becomes exercisable.

     (c)  Termination of Employment and Change in Control.  The Committee  shall
also have full  authority  to  determine  and  specify in the  applicable  Award
Document the effect, if any, that a Participant's  termination of employment for
any  reason  will  have on the  vesting,  exercisability,  payment  or  lapse of
restrictions applicable to an Award. The date of a Participant's  termination of
employment  for any reason shall be  determined  in the sole  discretion  of the
Committee.  Similarly,  subject to Section 15(c),  the Committee shall have full
authority to determine the effect, if any, of a Change in Control of the Company
on the vesting, exercisability, payment or lapse of restrictions


                                       7
<PAGE>


applicable to an Award,  which effect may be specified in the  applicable  Award
Document or determined at a subsequent time.

     (d)  Dividends  and  Dividend   Equivalents.   The  Committee  may  provide
Participants  with the right to receive  dividends  or  payments  equivalent  to
dividends or interest with respect to an outstanding Awards,  which payments can
either be paid  currently or deemed to have been  reinvested in shares of Common
Stock, and can be made in Common Stock,  cash or a combination  thereof,  as the
Committee shall determine.

8.   Stock Options

     (a) Terms of Stock  Options  Generally.  A Stock Option  shall  entitle the
Participant to whom the Stock Option was granted to purchase a specified  number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock  during  a  specified  period  at a price  that is
determined  in accordance  with Section 8(b) below.  Stock Options may be either
Nonqualified  Stock Options or Incentive  Stock Options.  The Committee will fix
the vesting and exercisability conditions applicable to a Stock Option, provided
that no Stock Option shall vest sooner than twelve months from the date of grant
(subject to early vesting, if so provided by the Committee,  upon termination of
employment or change in control of the Company),  but provided further that such
minimum vesting period shall not apply to any Restoration Option.

     (b)  Exercise  Price.   The  exercise  price  per  share  of  Common  Stock
purchasable  under a Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of
grant  or,  alternatively,  shall be  determined  by a method  specified  by the
Committee at the time of grant;  provided,  however, that, except as provided in
Section 15(b) below,  the exercise price per share of Common Stock applicable to
a Stock Option may not be adjusted or amended,  including by means of amendment,
cancellation or the replacement of such Stock Option with a subsequently awarded
Stock Option.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the exercise price per share of a
Stock Option that is a  Substitute  Award may be less than the Fair Market Value
per share on the date of award, provided that the excess of:

     (i)    the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value (as of the date such  Substitute
            Award is  granted)  of the  shares of Common  Stock  subject  to the
            Substitute Award, over

     (ii)   the aggregate exercise price thereof,

     does not exceed the excess of:

     (iii)  the  aggregate  fair  market  value  (as  of  the  time  immediately
            preceding the transaction  giving rise to the Substitute Award, such
            fair market value to be determined  by the  Committee) of the shares
            of the predecessor  entity that were subject to the award assumed or
            substituted for by the Company, over

     (iv)   the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

     (c)  Option  Term.  The  term of each  Stock  Option  shall be fixed by the
Committee and shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant.


                                       8
<PAGE>


     (d) Incentive Stock Options. Each Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan
shall be designated at the time of grant as either an Incentive  Stock Option or
as a Nonqualified Stock Option. No Incentive Stock Option may be issued pursuant
to the Plan to any individual who, at the time the Stock Option is granted, owns
stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  unless  (A) the  exercise
price  determined  as of the date of grant is at least  110% of the Fair  Market
Value on the date of grant of the shares of Common  Stock  subject to such Stock
Option,  and (B) the Incentive  Stock Option is not  exercisable  more than five
years from the date of grant thereof.  No Incentive  Stock Option may be granted
under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

     (e) Method of Exercise.  Subject to the provisions of the applicable  Award
Document, the exercise price of a Stock Option may be paid in cash or previously
owned shares or a combination  thereof and, if the applicable  Award Document so
provides,  in whole or in part through the  withholding of shares subject to the
Stock Option with a value equal to the exercise  price.  In accordance  with the
rules and procedures  established  by the Committee for this purpose,  the Stock
Option may also be exercised through a "cashless exercise" procedure approved by
the  Committee  involving  a broker or dealer  approved by the  Committee,  that
affords  Participants  the  opportunity to sell  immediately  some or all of the
shares underlying the exercised portion of the Stock Option in order to generate
sufficient  cash to pay the  Stock  Option  exercise  price  and/or  to  satisfy
withholding tax obligations related to the Stock Option.

     (f)  Accelerated  Vesting  Upon  Death  or  Disability.   In  the  event  a
Participant  terminates his or her service with the Company due to Participant's
death or  disability  (as defined in Section  22(e)(3)  of the Code),  all Stock
Options granted to Participant  shall become fully vested and  exercisable  upon
such  termination  and remain  exercisable  for the period of time stated in the
Participant's stock option agreement.

9.   Stock Appreciation Rights

     (a) General.  A Stock  Appreciation  Right shall entitle a  Participant  to
receive,  upon  satisfaction  of the conditions to the payment  specified in the
applicable  Award Document,  an amount equal to the excess,  if any, of the Fair
Market  Value on the  exercise  date of the number of shares of Common Stock for
which the Stock  Appreciation  Right is exercised,  over the exercise  price for
such Stock  Appreciation  Right specified in the applicable Award Document.  The
exercise price per share of Common Stock covered by a Stock  Appreciation  Right
shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of grant or, alternatively, shall be
determined  by a  method  specified  by the  Committee  at the  time  of  grant;
provided,  however, that, except as provided in Section 9(b) below, the exercise
price per share shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on
the date of grant (or if the  exercise  price is not fixed on the date of grant,
then on such date as the exercise price is fixed);  and provided further,  that,
except as provided  in Section  15(b)  below,  the  exercise  price per share of
Common  Stock  subject  to a Stock  Appreciation  Right may not be  adjusted  or
amended,  including by means of amendment,  cancellation  or the  replacement of
such Stock  Appreciation  Right with a subsequently  awarded Stock  Appreciation
Right.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the exercise price per share of a Stock
Appreciation  Right that is a Substitute  Award may be less than the Fair Market
Value per share on the date of award, provided,  that such exercise price is not
less than the minimum  exercise  price that would be permitted for an equivalent
Stock Option as determined in accordance with Section 8(b) above. At


                                       9
<PAGE>


the sole discretion of the Committee, payments to a Participant upon exercise of
a Stock Appreciation Right may be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock having
an aggregate  Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to such amount,
or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock having an aggregate value
as of the date of exercise equal to such amount. A Stock  Appreciation Right may
be granted  alone or in  addition  to other  Awards,  or in tandem  with a Stock
Option.

     (b) Stock  Appreciation  Rights  in  Tandem  with  Stock  Options.  A Stock
Appreciation  Right granted in tandem with a Stock Option may be granted  either
at the same time as such  Stock  Option or  subsequent  thereto.  If  granted in
tandem  with a Stock  Option,  a Stock  Appreciation  Right shall cover the same
number of shares of Common  Stock as covered by the Stock Option (or such lesser
number of shares as the Committee may determine)  and shall be exercisable  only
at such  time or times and to the  extent  the  related  Stock  Option  shall be
exercisable,  and shall  have the same term and  exercise  price as the  related
Stock Option (which, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted after the
grant of the related  Stock  Option,  may be less than the Fair Market Value per
share on the  date of  grant  of the  tandem  Stock  Appreciation  Right).  Upon
exercise of a Stock  Appreciation  Right  granted in tandem with a Stock Option,
the related  Stock Option shall be canceled  automatically  to the extent of the
number of shares  covered by such  exercise;  conversely,  if the related  Stock
Option is exercised as to some or all of the shares covered by the tandem grant,
the tandem  Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall be canceled  automatically  to the
extent of the number of shares covered by the Stock Option exercise.

10.  Stock Awards

     (a)  General.  A Stock Award shall  consist of one or more shares of Common
Stock granted to a Participant for no consideration  other than the provision of
services (or, if required by applicable  law in the  reasonable  judgment of the
Company,  for payment of the par value of such  shares).  Stock  Awards shall be
subject  to such  restrictions  (if  any) on  transfer  or  other  incidents  of
ownership for such periods of time,  and shall be subject to such  conditions of
vesting,  as the  Committee  may  determine  and as  shall  be set  forth in the
applicable Award Document.

     (b)  Distributions.  Any shares of Common Stock or other  securities of the
Company  received by a  Participant  to whom a Stock Award has been granted as a
result of a stock distribution to holders of Common Stock or as a stock dividend
on Common Stock shall be subject to the same terms,  conditions and restrictions
as such Stock Award.

11.  Restricted Stock

     (a) General An Award of Restricted Stock shall consist of a grant of one or
more shares of Common Stock to a Participant for no consideration other than the
provision of services or may be offered for sale to a Participant  at a purchase
price  determined  by  the  Committee,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions
established  by the Committee in  connection  with the Award and as set forth in
the applicable  Award Document.  Such shares of Common Stock shall be subject to
such  restrictions  on transfer or other incidents of ownership for such periods
of time,  and shall be subject to such  conditions of vesting,  as the Committee
may determine and as shall be set forth in the Award  Document  relating to such
stock.  If shares  of Common  Stock are  offered  for sale  under the Plan,  the
purchase  price  shall be payable  in cash,  or, in the sole  discretion  of the
Committee and to the extent provided in any applicable


                                       10
<PAGE>


Award Document, in shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant,  for
other  consideration  acceptable to the Committee or in any combination of cash,
shares of Common Stock or such other consideration. Subject to Sections 8(f) and
15(c),  Restricted  Stock that is granted in respect of  individual or corporate
performance  shall  vest no sooner  than one year  from the date of  grant,  and
Restricted  Stock  that is  granted  in  connection  with  hiring  or  retention
arrangements  between the Company  and a  Participant  shall vest no sooner than
three years from the date of grant.

     (b) Share Certificates; Rights and Privileges. At the time Restricted Stock
is  granted  or sold  to a  Participant,  share  certificates  representing  the
appropriate number of shares or Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name
of the  Participant  but shall be held by the Company in custody for the account
of  such  person.  The  certificates  shall  bear  a  legend  restricting  their
transferability as provided herein.  Except for such restrictions on transfer or
other incidents of ownership as may be determined by the Committee and set forth
in the  Award  Document  relating  to an award or sale of  Restricted  Stock,  a
Participant  shall have the rights of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock,
including  the right to receive  dividends  and the right to vote in  accordance
with the Company's certificate of incorporation.

     (c)  Distributions.  Any shares of Common Stock or other  securities of the
Company  received by a Participant to whom Restricted  Stock has been granted or
sold as a result of a stock  distribution  to  holders  of Common  Stock or as a
stock  dividend on Common  Stock shall be subject to the same terms,  conditions
and restrictions as such Restricted Stock.

12.  Performance Units

     Performance   Units  may  be  granted  as  fixed  or  variable   share-  or
dollar-denominated  units  subject to such  conditions  of  vesting  and time of
payment  as the  Committee  may  determine  and as  shall  be set  forth  in the
applicable Award Document relating to such Performance Units.  Performance Units
may be paid in Common Stock upon the satisfaction of the applicable  performance
criteria as described in the Award  Document,  cash or a  combination  of Common
Stock and cash, as the Committee may determine.

13.  Other Awards

     The Committee  shall have the authority to specify the terms and provisions
of other forms of  equity-based  or  equity-related  Awards not described  above
which the Committee determines to be consistent with the purpose of the Plan and
the interests of the Company,  which Awards may provide for cash payments  based
in whole or in part on the  value or  future  value  of  Common  Stock,  for the
acquisition or future  acquisition of Common Stock, or any combination  thereof.
Other Awards shall also include  cash  payments  (including  the cash payment of
dividend  equivalents) under the Plan which may be based on one or more criteria
determined by the Committee which are unrelated to the value of Common Stock and
which may be granted in tandem with, or  independent  of, other Awards under the
Plan.


                                       11
<PAGE>


14.  Certain Restrictions

     (a) Transfers. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no Award shall be
transferable  other than by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution  or
pursuant to a domestic relations order;  provided,  however,  that the Committee
may,  in its  discretion  and subject to such terms and  conditions  as it shall
specify, permit the transfer of an Award for no consideration to a Participant's
family members or to one or more trusts or partnerships  established in whole or
in part for the  benefit of one or more of such  family  members  (collectively,
"Permitted Transferees").  Any Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall
be further transferable only by will or the laws of descent and distribution or,
for no consideration,  to another Permitted  Transferee of the Participant.  The
Committee  may in its  discretion  permit  transfers  of Awards other than those
contemplated by this Section 14.

     (b) Exercise. During the lifetime of the Participant, a Stock Option, Stock
Appreciation  Right or similar-type Other Award shall be exercisable only by the
Participant  or by a  Permitted  Transferee  to whom such  Stock  Option,  Stock
Appreciation  Right or Other  Award  has been  transferred  in  accordance  with
Section 14(a).

15.  Recapitalization or Reorganization

     (a) Authority of the Company and  Stockholders.  The existence of the Plan,
the Award  Documents  and the  Awards  granted  hereunder  shall  not  affect or
restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the
Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or
other change in the Company's capital  structure or its business,  any merger or
consolidation  of the  Company,  any issue of stock or of  options,  warrants or
rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures,  preferred or prior preference
stocks  whose  rights are  superior to or affect the Common  Stock or the rights
thereof or which are convertible  into or exchangeable  for Common Stock, or the
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any
part of its  assets or  business,  or any  other  corporate  act or  proceeding,
whether of a similar character or otherwise.

     (b) Change in Capitalization.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or
any Award Document,  the number and kind of shares authorized for issuance under
Section 5(a) above,  including the maximum number of shares  available under the
special limits provided for in Section 5(c) above, may be equitably  adjusted in
the sole  discretion  of the  Committee  in the  event of a stock  split,  stock
dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, extraordinary
dividend,  split-up,  spin-off,  combination,  exchange  of shares,  warrants or
rights  offering to purchase  Common Stock at a price  substantially  below Fair
Market Value or other  similar  corporate  event  affecting  the Common Stock in
order to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended
to be made available under the Plan. In addition,  upon the occurrence of any of
the foregoing events,  the number of outstanding  Awards and the number and kind
of shares subject to any outstanding  Award and the purchase price per share, if
any, under any outstanding Award may be equitably adjusted (including by payment
of cash to a  Participant)  in the sole  discretion of the Committee in order to
preserve  the benefits or potential  benefits  intended to be made  available to
Participants granted Awards. Such


                                       12
<PAGE>


adjustments  shall  be made by the  Committee,  whose  determination  as to what
adjustments  shall be made,  and the  extent  thereof,  shall be  final.  Unless
otherwise determined by the Committee,  such adjusted Awards shall be subject to
the same vesting  schedule and  restrictions  to which the  underlying  Award is
subject.

     (c) Change in Control.  In the event of the  involuntary  termination  of a
Participant's  employment  with the  Company  not for  Cause or a  Participant's
termination  of employment  with the Company for Good Reason within  twenty-four
months after a Change in Control of the Company,  the following shall occur: (i)
all of such  participant's  outstanding  stock  options  and stock  appreciation
rights shall become vested and exercisable, (ii) all restrictions and conditions
of all Stock Awards and Restricted  Stock held by such  Participant  shall lapse
and (iii) all  Performance  Units and any Other Awards held by such  Participant
shall be deemed to be fully earned.

16.  Amendments; Termination

     The Board or Committee may at any time and from time to time alter,  amend,
suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided,  however,  that any
amendment  which under the  requirements of any applicable law or stock exchange
rule must be approved by the  stockholders of the Company shall not be effective
unless and until such stockholder  approval has been obtained in compliance with
such law or rule; and provided  further that,  except as contemplated by Section
15(b)  above,  the Board or  Committee  may not,  without  the  approval  of the
Company's stockholders, increase the maximum number of shares issuable under the
Plan or reduce the exercise price of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
No  termination  or  amendment  of the Plan  may,  without  the  consent  of the
Participant  to whom an Award has been granted,  adversely  affect the rights of
such Participant under such Award.  Notwithstanding  any provision herein to the
contrary, the Board or Committee shall have broad authority to amend the Plan or
any Award under the Plan to take into account  changes in  applicable  tax laws,
securities laws, accounting rules and other applicable state and federal laws.

17.  Miscellaneous

     (a) Tax  Withholding.  The Company may require any  individual  entitled to
receive a payment in respect of an Award to remit to the Company,  prior to such
payment,  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  any  Federal,  state or local tax
withholding  requirements.  The Company shall also have the right to deduct from
all cash payments made pursuant to or in connection  with any Award any Federal,
state or local taxes required to be withheld with respect to such  payments.  In
addition,  the Company may permit any  individual to whom an Award has been made
to satisfy,  in whole or in part,  such  obligation to remit taxes, by directing
the Company to withhold  shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received
by such individual upon settlement or exercise of such Award or by delivering to
the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the  individual  prior to exercising
the option,  subject to such rules as the Committee  may establish  from time to
time.  The value of any  share of Common  Stock to be  withheld  by the  Company
pursuant to this Section  17(a) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date to be
used to determine the amount of tax to be withheld.

     (b) No Right to Grants or Employment. No Eligible Individual or Participant
shall  have any  claim or right to  receive  grants  of  Awards  under the Plan.
Nothing in the Plan or in any


                                       13
<PAGE>


Award or Award  Document shall confer upon any employee of the Company any right
to continued  employment with the Company or interfere in any way with the right
of the Company to terminate the  employment of any of its employees at any time,
with or without cause.

     (c) Other  Compensation.  Nothing in this Plan shall  preclude or limit the
ability  of the  Company  to pay any  compensation  to a  Participant  under the
Company's other compensation and benefit plans and programs.

     (d) Other Employee Benefit Plans.  Payments received by a Participant under
any Award  made  pursuant  to the Plan  shall not be  included  in, nor have any
effect on, the  determination  of benefits under any other employee benefit plan
or similar arrangement  provided by the Company,  unless otherwise  specifically
provided for under the terms of such plan or arrangement or by the Committee.

     (e) Unfunded  Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan for
incentive compensation. Prior to the payment or settlement of any Award, nothing
contained  herein  shall give any  Participant  any rights that are greater than
those  of a  general  creditor  of the  Company.  In its  sole  discretion,  the
Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the
obligations  created under the Plan to deliver  Common Stock or payments in lieu
thereof with respect to awards hereunder.

     (f)  Securities Law  Restrictions.  The Committee may require each Eligible
Individual  purchasing or acquiring  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to a Stock
Option or other Award under the Plan to  represent to and agree with the Company
in writing that such Eligible  Individual is acquiring the shares for investment
and not with a view to the distribution  thereof. All certificates for shares of
Common Stock  delivered  under the Plan shall be subject to such  stock-transfer
orders and other  restrictions  as the  Committee may deem  advisable  under the
rules,  regulations,  and other  requirements  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  any exchange  upon which the Common  Stock is then listed,  and any
applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend
or legends to be put on any such  certificates to make appropriate  reference to
such  restrictions.  No shares of Common Stock shall be issued  hereunder unless
the Company shall have determined  that such issuance is in compliance  with, or
pursuant to an exemption from, all applicable federal and state securities laws.

     (g) Compliance with Rule 16b-3.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in the
Plan or in any  Award  Document  to the  contrary,  if the  consummation  of any
transaction under the Plan would result in the possible  imposition of liability
on a  Participant  pursuant to Section  16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Committee
shall have the right,  in its sole  discretion,  but shall not be obligated,  to
defer  such  transaction  or the  effectiveness  of such  action  to the  extent
necessary to avoid such liability,  but in no event for a period longer than six
months.

     (h) Award Document.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency  between
the Plan and any Award Document,  the Plan shall govern,  and the Award Document
shall  be   interpreted   to  minimize  or  eliminate   any  such   conflict  or
inconsistency.

     (i)  Expenses.  The costs and expenses of  administering  the Plan shall be
borne by the Company.


                                       14
<PAGE>


     (j) Application of Funds.  The proceeds  received from the Company from the
sale of Common  Stock or other  securities  pursuant  to Awards will be used for
general corporate purposes.

     (k) Applicable  Law.  Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and all
actions taken  thereunder  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware  without  giving  effect to  conflicts  of law
principles.


                                       15



                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                         (Effective as of June 1, 1998)
                         (Amended as of August 27, 1998)

     The following  constitutes  the provisions of the MIPS  Technologies,  Inc.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     1. PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company
and its Designated  Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of
the  Company   through  payroll   deductions.   It  is  believed  that  employee
participation  in  ownership  of the Company on this basis will be to the mutual
benefit of the  employees  and the Company.  It is the  intention of the Company
that the Plan qualify as an "Employee  Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of
the Code. The provisions of the Plan shall,  accordingly,  be construed so as to
extend and limit  participation in a manner  consistent with the requirements of
that section of the Code.

     2. DEFINITIONS.

          "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "Common  Stock"  means the Common  Stock,  $0.001  par  value,  of the
     Company.

          "Company" means MIPS Technologies, Inc.

          "Committee"  means  the  committee  appointed  by and  serving  at the
     pleasure of the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

          "Compensation"  means  base  pay,  plus any  amounts  attributable  to
     overtime,  shift premium,  incentive compensation,  bonuses and commissions
     (exclusive of "spot bonuses" and any other such item specifically  directed
     for all  Employees by the Board or a  committee),  designated by the Board,
     but shall exclude severance pay, pay in lieu of vacations, back pay awards,
     disability  benefits,  deferred  compensation,  or any  other  compensation
     excluded in the discretion of the Board.

          Compensation  shall be  determined  before giving effect to any salary
     reduction  agreement  pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred  arrangement
     within  the  meaning  of  Section  401(k)  of the  Code  or to any  similar
     reduction  agreement  pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of
     Section 125 of the Code).

          "Continuous  Status as an  Employee"  shall  mean the  absence  of any
     interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as
     an Employee  shall not be


                                      
<PAGE>

     considered  interrupted  in the case of a leave  of  absence  agreed  to in
     writing  by the  Company,  provided  that such leave is for a period of not
     more than 90 days or  re-employment  upon the  expiration  of such leave is
     guaranteed by contract or statute.

          "Designated  Subsidiaries"  means  the  Subsidiaries  which  have been
     designated  by the  Board  from  time  to time in its  sole  discretion  as
     eligible to participate in the Plan.

          "Employee" means any person,  including an officer, who is customarily
     employed  for at least  twenty  (20)  hours per week and more than five (5)
     months  in a  calendar  year  by the  Company  or  one  of  its  Designated
     Subsidiaries.

          "Exercise Date" means the last business day of each Exercise Period in
     an Offering Period.

          "Exercise  Period" means a six-month period  commencing on an Offering
     Date or on the first  business day after any  Exercise  Date in an Offering
     Period.

          "Offering  Date"  means the first day of each  Offering  Period of the
     Plan.

          "Offering Period" means a period of twenty-four (24) months consisting
     of four six-month Exercise Periods during which options granted pursuant to
     the Plan may be exercised.

          "Plan" means the MIPS Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

          "Subsidiary" means any corporation,  domestic or foreign, in which the
     Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting shares.

     3. ELIGIBILITY.

          (a) Any person who is an  Employee,  as defined in paragraph 2, on the
     Offering Date of a given  Offering  Period shall be eligible to participate
     in such  Offering  Period under the Plan,  subject to the  requirements  of
     paragraph 5(a) and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

          (b)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of the Plan to the contrary,  no
     Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan if (i) immediately after
     the grant,  such Employee (or any other person whose stock  ownership would
     be  attributed  to such  Employee  pursuant to Section  424(d) of the Code)
     would own  shares  and/or  hold  outstanding  options  to  purchase  shares
     possessing  five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or
     value of all classes of shares of the Company or of any  subsidiary  of the
     Company, or (ii) the rate of withholding under such option would permit the
     employee's  rights to purchase  shares  under all employee  stock  purchase
     plans  (described  in  Section  423 of the  Code)  of the  Company  and its
     subsidiaries to accrue (i.e.,  become  exercisable) at a rate which exceeds
     Twenty-Five  Thousand


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     Dollars  ($25,000) of fair market value of such shares  (determined  at the
     time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is
     outstanding at any time.

          (c) Upon reemployment of a former Employee,  such former Employee will
     again be eligible to participate in the Plan,  subject to the  requirements
     of  Paragraph  5(a) and the  limitations  imposed by Section  423(b) of the
     Code.

     4. OFFERING PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering
Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on or about each May 1 or November
1,  provided,  however,  that the Offering Date of the initial  Offering  Period
shall be June 10, 1998. If the Company cannot make an offer under the Plan on or
about any May 1 or  November  1 because  of  restrictions  imposed  by law,  the
Company  may make an offer as soon as  practical  after the  expiration  of such
restrictions.  The Board or the  Committee  shall  have the power to change  the
duration  of  Offering  Periods  with  respect  to  future   offerings   without
stockholder  approval,  if such change is announced  at least  fifteen (15) days
prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected.

     5. PARTICIPATION.

          (a) An  eligible  Employee  may  become a  participant  in the Plan by
     completing a subscription  agreement  authorizing payroll deductions on the
     form  provided  by the  Company  and filing it with the  Company's  payroll
     office prior to the Offering Date of the first Offering Period with respect
     to  which  it is to be  effective,  unless  a later  time  for  filing  the
     subscription  agreement is set by the Board or  Committee  for all eligible
     Employees with respect to such Offering Period. Once enrolled, the Employee
     remains  enrolled  in each  subsequent  Offering  Period of the Plan at the
     designated payroll deduction unless the Employee withdraws by providing the
     Company with a written  Notice of  Withdrawal  or files a new  subscription
     agreement  prior to the  applicable  Offering Date changing the  Employee's
     designated payroll deduction.  An eligible Employee may participate in only
     one Offering Period at a time.

          (b) Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence with the first
     payroll period following the Offering Date, or the first payroll  following
     the date of valid filing of the subscription agreement, whichever is later,
     and shall end when  terminated by the  participant as provided in paragraph
     10.

     6. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.

          (a) At the time a participant files his or her subscription agreement,
     he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each payday during
     all subsequent  Offering Periods at a rate not exceeding ten percent (10%),
     or such other rate as may be determined  from time to time by the Board, of
     the  Compensation  which he or she would  otherwise  receive on such payday
     without regard to deferral  elections,  provided that the aggregate of such
     payroll  deductions during any Offering Period shall not exceed ten percent
     (10%),  or such other  percentage as may be determined from time to time by
     the Board,  of the aggregate  Compensation  which he or she would otherwise
     have received during said Offering Period.  Notwithstanding 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     the foregoing, for the initial Offering Period commencing on June 10, 1998,
     payroll  deductions will not commence until the first payday  following the
     date that the registration statement for the initial public offering of the
     Common  Stock  becomes  or is  declared  effective  by the  Securities  and
     Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities Act of 1933 (the "IPO Effective
     Date").  The amount of initial  payroll  deductions in the period from June
     10,  1998  to the  IPO  Effective  Date  will,  upon  authorization  by the
     participant,  be deducted in two  substantially  equal payments  during the
     first two payroll periods immediately following the IPO Effective Date and,
     thereafter,  payroll  deductions will be made at the rate authorized by the
     participant in his or her initial subscription agreement.

          (b) All  payroll  deductions  authorized  by a  participant  shall  be
     credited to his or her account under the Plan. A  participant  may not make
     any additional payments into such account.

          (c) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan
     as provided in  paragraph  10, or may change the rate of his or her payroll
     deductions  during an  Offering  Period by  completing  and filing with the
     Company a new authorization for payroll deduction,  provided that the Board
     may, in its  discretion,  impose  reasonable  and uniform  restrictions  on
     participants' ability to change the rate of payroll deductions.  The change
     in rate shall be effective no later than  fifteen (15) days  following  the
     Company's receipt of the new  authorization.  A participant may decrease or
     increase the amount of his or her payroll deductions as of the beginning of
     an Offering Period by completing and filing with the Company,  prior to the
     beginning of such Offering Period, a new payroll deduction authorization.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  to the extent necessary,  but only
     to such extent,  to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and paragraph
     3(b)  herein,  a  participant's  payroll  deductions  may be  automatically
     decreased to 0% at such time during any Exercise  Period which is scheduled
     to end in the  current  calendar  year that the  aggregate  of all  payroll
     deductions  accumulated with respect to the applicable  Offering Period and
     any other  Offering  Period  ending  within the same  calendar  year equals
     $25,000.  Payroll  deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such
     participant's   subscription   agreement  at  the  beginning  of  the  next
     succeeding  Exercise  Period,  unless  terminated  by  the  participant  as
     provided in paragraph 10.

     7. GRANT OF OPTION.

          (a) On each Offering Date, each participant shall be granted an option
     to purchase on each  Exercise Date (at the per share option price) a number
     of full shares of Common Stock  arrived at by dividing  such  participant's
     total payroll  deductions to be accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and
     retained in the participant's  account as of the Exercise Date by the lower
     of (i)  eighty-five  percent  (85%) of the fair market  value of a share of
     Common Stock at the Offering Date, or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the
     fair  market  value  of a share  of  Common  Stock  at the  Exercise  Date;
     provided,  however,  that the maximum  number of shares a  participant  may
     purchase  during each  Offering  Period shall be determined by (i) dividing
     $50,000 by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering
     Date or 


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     (ii) if  less,  by the  "Maximum  Cap" set for such  Offering  Period;  and
     provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set
     forth in paragraphs 3(b) and 12 hereof. The "Maximum Cap" for each Offering
     Period shall be the number of shares purchasable under the Plan during that
     Offering Period with the maximum payroll deductions  permitted by paragraph
     6(a) hereof, based upon the fair market value of a share of Common Stock at
     the beginning of the Offering  Period.  The fair market value of a share of
     Common Stock shall be determined as provided in paragraph 7(b) herein.

          (b) The option  price per share of such shares  shall be the lower of:
     (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of Common
     Stock at the Offering Date; or (ii)  eighty-five  percent (85%) of the fair
     market  value of a share of Common  Stock at the  Exercise  Date.  The fair
     market value of a share of Common  Stock on said dates shall be  determined
     by the Board,  based upon such  factors as the Board  determines  relevant;
     provided,  however,  that if there is a public market for the Common Stock,
     the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock on a given date shall be
     the  reported  bid price for the Common  Stock as of such date;  or, in the
     event that the Common  Stock is listed on a national  securities  exchange,
     the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock shall be an amount equal
     to the average of the high and low sales  price of a share of Common  Stock
     on the exchange as of such date.

     8. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a)  Unless a  participant  withdraws  from  the  Offering  Period  as
     provided in paragraph 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares will
     be exercised automatically at each Exercise Date, and the maximum number of
     full shares  subject to option will be purchased at the  applicable  option
     price with the accumulated  payroll  deductions in his or her account.  The
     shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be deemed to be
     transferred to the participant on the Exercise Date.

          (b) During his or her  lifetime,  a  participant's  option to purchase
     shares hereunder is exercisable only by the participant.

          (c) The Board may  require,  as a condition  precedent to any purchase
     under the  Plan,  appropriate  arrangements  with the  participant  for the
     withholding of any applicable Federal,  state, local or foreign withholding
     or other taxes.

     9.  DELIVERY.  As promptly as  practicable  after the Exercise Date of each
Offering  Period,  the  Company  shall  arrange  for the shares  purchased  upon
exercise of his or her option to be electronically credited to the participant's
designated   brokerage  account  at  one  of  the  securities   brokerage  firms
participating  in the Company's  direct  deposit  program from time to time. Any
cash remaining to the credit of a  participant's  account under the Plan after a
purchase by him or her of shares at the Exercise  Date of each  Offering  Period
which  merely   represents   a  fractional   share  shall  be  credited  to  the
participant's  account for the next subsequent  Offering Period;  any additional
cash shall be returned to said participant.




                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     10. WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a) A participant may withdraw all, but not less than all, the payroll
     deductions  credited to his or her account under the Plan at any time prior
     to an  Exercise  Date by giving  written  notice to the  Company  on a form
     provided for such purpose.  If the participant  withdraws from the Offering
     Period, all of the participant's  payroll deductions credited to his or her
     account  will be  paid to the  participant  as  soon as  practicable  after
     receipt of the notice of  withdrawal  and his or her option for the current
     Offering  Period will be  automatically  canceled,  and no further  payroll
     deductions  for the  purchase of shares  will be made during such  Offering
     Period  or  subsequent   Offering   Periods,   except  pursuant  to  a  new
     subscription agreement filed in accordance with paragraph 6 hereof.

          (b) Upon  termination  of the  participant's  Continuous  Status as an
     Employee  prior to an Exercise  Date of an Offering  Period for any reason,
     including retirement or death, the payroll deductions accumulated in his or
     her account  will be returned  to him or her as soon as  practicable  after
     such  termination  or,  in the case of  death,  to the  person  or  persons
     entitled  thereto  under  paragraph  14,  and  his or her  option  will  be
     automatically canceled.

          (c) In the event an Employee  fails to remain in Continuous  Status as
     an Employee  of the Company for at least  twenty (20) hours per week during
     an Offering  Period in which the employee is a participant,  he or she will
     be deemed to have  elected  to  withdraw  from the  Plan,  and the  payroll
     deductions  credited  to  his  or  her  account  will  be  returned  to the
     participant and the option canceled.

          (d) A  participant's  withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have
     any effect  upon his or her  eligibility  to  participate  in a  succeeding
     Offering  Period by executing  and  delivering to the Company a new payroll
     deduction form or in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the
     Company.

     11. AUTOMATIC  TRANSFER TO LOW PRICE OFFERING PERIOD. In the event that the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock is lower on the first day of an Exercise
Period (the "Subsequent Exercise Period") than it was on the first Offering Date
for that Offering Period (the "Initial  Offering  Period"),  all participants in
the Plan on the first day of the Subsequent  Exercise  Period shall be deemed to
have  withdrawn  from  the  Initial  Offering  Period  on the  first  day of the
Subsequent  Exercise  Period  and to  have  enrolled  as  participants  in a new
Offering  Period which begins on or about that day. A  participant  may elect to
remain in the Initial  Offering Period by filing a written  statement  declaring
such election with the Company prior to the time of the automatic  change to the
new Offering Period.

     12.  INTEREST.  No interest  shall  accrue on the payroll  deductions  of a
participant in the Plan.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     13. STOCK.

          (a)  Subject  to  adjustment  upon  changes in  capitalization  of the
     Company as provided in paragraph 19, the maximum number of shares of Common
     Stock which shall be reserved for sale under the Plan shall be:

               (i) 600,000 shares, plus an annual increase to be added on July 1
          of each year beginning July 1, 1999 equal to the lesser of

                    (A) 0.5% of the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
               outstanding  on a  fully  diluted  basis  as of  the  immediately
               preceding June 30, or

                    (B) 600,000 shares

     provided,  however,  that at no time may the cumulative number of shares of
     Common Stock subject to options  granted  pursuant to paragraph 7(a) hereof
     since the inception of the Plan exceed 2% of the number of shares of Common
     Stock  outstanding  on a fully diluted basis as of the last day of the most
     recently  completed  calendar  fiscal quarter of the Company.  If the total
     number of shares  which  would  otherwise  be subject  to  options  granted
     pursuant  to  paragraph  7(a)  hereof on the  Offering  Date of an Offering
     Period  exceeds the number of shares then  available  under the Plan (after
     deduction of all shares for which  options have been  exercised or are then
     outstanding),  the Company  shall make a pro rata  allocation of the shares
     remaining  available  for option grant in as uniform and equitable a manner
     as is practicable.  In such event, the Company shall give written notice of
     such  reduction  of the  number of  shares  subject  to the  option to each
     participant  affected thereby and shall return any excess funds accumulated
     in each  participant's  account as soon as  practicable  after the affected
     Exercise  Date  of  such  Offering  Period.  Common  Stock  to be  sold  to
     participants  in the Plan may be, at the  election of the  Company,  either
     treasury shares or shares authorized but unissued.

          (b) A  participant  will have no interest  or voting  rights in shares
     covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

          (c) Shares to be  delivered  to a  participant  under the Plan will be
     credited  electronically  to  a  brokerage  account  in  the  name  of  the
     participant at one of the brokerage firms  participating  from time to time
     in the Company's direct deposit program.

     14.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by the Board or the
Committee.  The Board or the Committee  shall have the authority to (i) make all
factual determinations in the administration or interpretation of the Plan, (ii)
establish  administrative  regulations  to further the purpose of the Plan,  and
(iii) take any other action  desirable or  necessary to  interpret,  construe or
implement   properly   the   provisions   of  the  Plan.   The   administration,
interpretation or application of the Plan by the Board or the Committee shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all participants. Members of the Board or the
Committee who are eligible  Employees are permitted to  participate in the Plan,
provided that:



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          (a) Members of the Board who  participate  in the Plan may not vote on
     any matter  affecting  the  administration  of the Plan or the grant of any
     option pursuant to the Plan.

          (b) If a Committee is established to administer the Plan, no member of
     the Board who participates in the Plan may be a member of the Committee.

     15. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

          (a) A participant may file a written  designation of a beneficiary who
     is to receive  shares and/or cash, if any, from the  participant's  account
     under the Plan in the event of such participant's death at a time when cash
     or shares are held for his or her account.

          (b) Such  designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
     at any time by written  notice.  In the event of the death of a participant
     in the absence of a valid designation of a beneficiary who is living at the
     time of such  participant's  death,  the Company  shall deliver such shares
     and/or  cash  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  estate  of the
     participant; or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to
     the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion,  may deliver
     such shares  and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more  dependents or
     relatives  of the  participant,  or if no spouse,  dependent or relative is
     known  to the  Company,  then to  such  other  person  as the  Company  may
     reasonably designate.

     16.  RIGHTS NOT  TRANSFERABLE.  Neither  payroll  deductions  credited to a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or
to  receive  shares  under the Plan may be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or
otherwise  disposed of in any way (other  than by will,  the laws of descent and
distribution,  or as provided in  paragraph 15 hereof) by the  participant.  Any
such  attempt at  assignment,  transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  shall be
without  effect,  except  that the  Company may treat such act as an election to
withdraw funds in accordance with paragraph 10.

     17. USE OF FUNDS.  All payroll  deductions  received or held by the Company
under the Plan may be used by the Company  for any  corporate  purpose,  and the
Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

     18. REPORTS. Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in
the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Employees as soon
as practicable  following each Exercise Date. Such statements will set forth the
amounts of  payroll  deductions,  the per share  purchase  price,  the number of
shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

     19.  ADJUSTMENTS  UPON CHANGES IN  CAPITALIZATION.  Subject to any required
action by the stockholders of the Company,  the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been  exercised  and the
number of shares of Common Stock which have been  authorized  for issuance under
the  Plan  but  have  not  yet  been  placed  under  option  (collectively,  the
"Reserves"),  as well as the price per share of  Common 


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

Stock  covered by each option  under the Plan which has not yet been  exercised,
shall be proportionately  adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued  shares of Common Stock  resulting  from a stock split,  stock  dividend,
combination  or  reclassification  of the Common Stock or any other  increase or
decrease in the number of shares of Common  Stock  effected  without  receipt of
consideration  by  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion  of  any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as expressly  provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock
of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
affect,  and no adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the
Offering  Period will terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation of such
proposed  action,  unless  otherwise  provided  by the Board.  In the event of a
proposed sale of all or substantially  all of the assets of the Company,  or the
merger of the Company  with or into another  corporation,  each option under the
Plan shall be assumed  or an  equivalent  option  shall be  substituted  by such
successor  corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor  corporation,
unless the Board determines,  in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu
of such assumption or substitution, that the participant shall have the right to
exercise  the option as to all of the  optioned  stock,  including  shares as to
which the option  would not  otherwise  be  exercisable.  If the Board  makes an
option fully exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a
merger or sale of assets, the Board shall notify the participant that the option
shall be fully exercisable, and the option will terminate upon the expiration of
such period.

     The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole  discretion,
also make  provision for adjusting the Reserves,  as well as the price per share
of Common  Stock  covered  by each  outstanding  option,  in the event  that the
Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings
or other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding  Common Stock, and
in the event of the  Company  being  consolidated  with or merged into any other
corporation.

     20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Board may at any time and for any reason
terminate  or amend  the Plan.  Except  as  provided  in  paragraph  19 and this
paragraph 20, no such termination will affect options previously granted. Except
as provided in paragraph  19 and this  paragraph  20, no amendment  may make any
change in any option  theretofore  granted which adversely affects the rights of
any participant.  In addition, to the extent necessary, but only to such extent,
to comply with  Section 423 of the Code (or any  successor  rule or provision or
any other  applicable law or regulation),  the Company shall obtain  stockholder
approval of an amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as so required.

     In the event the Board  determines  that the ongoing  operation of the Plan
may result in unfavorable financial accounting  consequences,  the Board may, in
its discretion  and, to the extent  necessary or desirable,  modify or amend the
Plan to reduce or  eliminate  such  accounting  consequence  including,  but not
limited to:



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

          (1) altering the purchase price for any Offering  Period  including an
     Offering Period underway at the time of the change in purchase price;

          (2) shortening any Offering  Period so that Offering  Period ends on a
     new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the
     Board action; and

          (3) allocating shares.

     Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder  approval or
the consent of any Plan participants.

     21. NOTICES.  All notices or other  communications  by a participant to the
Company in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when
received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person,
designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.  Notices given electronically
by the Company will be deemed to be written notices under the Plan.

     22. STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan was adopted by the Board on May 22, 1998
and approved by the  shareholders  of the Company on May 22, 1998 in  accordance
with the requirements of Section 423(b)(2) of the Code.

     23.  CONDITIONS  UPON  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option  unless the  exercise of such option and the  issuance  and
delivery of such  shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply  with all  applicable
provisions  of law,  domestic or foreign,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,  and the requirements
of any stock  exchange  upon which the  shares may then be listed,  and shall be
further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

     As a  condition  to the  exercise of an option,  if required by  applicable
securities  laws, the Company may require the  participant for whose account the
option is being  exercised to represent and warrant at the time of such exercise
that the shares are being  purchased only for investment and without any present
intention  to sell or  distribute  such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for
the  Company,  such a  representation  is required by any of the  aforementioned
applicable provisions of law.

     24. NO RIGHT TO  EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing shall confer upon any employee of the
Company  any  right to  continued  employment  with  the  Company  any  right to
continued  employment with the Company or interfere in any way with the right of
the Company to terminate  the  employment  of any of its  employees at any time,
with or without cause.

     25.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan  shall  remain in effect  until May 22,  2008,
unless terminated earlier in accordance with Paragraph 20.



                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     26.  GOVERNING  LAW.  All  rights and  obligations  under the Plan shall be
construed and  interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware,
without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

MIPS Technologies Inc.                             EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                                                      SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                             <C>                             <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EMPLOYEE LAST NAME                  FIRST NAME       MI             SOCIAL SECURITY #               EMPLOYEE #
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER                         OFFICE LOCATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|_|       ORIGINAL APPLICATION          |_|   CHANGE
</TABLE>

1.   I  hereby  elect  to  participate  in  each  Offering  Period  of the  MIPS
     Technologies  Inc.  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the "Plan")  beginning
     subsequent to the date set forth below and subscribe to purchase  shares of
     Common Stock of MIPS  Technologies  Inc. (the "Company") in accordance with
     this Agreement and the Plan.

2.   I hereby  authorize  payroll  deductions  from each  paycheck  during  each
     Offering  Period  in the  amount  of (1% to 10%,  whole  percentages  only)
     ____________%  of my  compensation  (including  base pay and, to the extent
     applicable,  any amounts attributable to overtime, shift premium, incentive
     compensation, bonuses and commissions) in accordance with the Plan.

3.   I understand that payroll deductions will not begin until after the closing
     date of the initial  public  offering of the  Company's  Common  Stock (the
     "Closing  Date").  The Company will notify me when payroll  deductions will
     begin and I will be given the  opportunity  to withdraw from the Plan. If I
     elect to continue  participation  in the Plan,  payroll  deductions for the
     period from June 10,  1998 until the Closing  Date will be made up in equal
     installments over the first two payroll periods.

4.   I understand  that said payroll  deductions  shall be  accumulated  for the
     purchase  of shares in  accordance  with the Plan,  and that shares will be
     purchased for me automatically at the end of each six-month Exercise Period
     unless I withdraw from the Plan by giving written notice to the Company.  I
     authorize the Company to carry over to the next Exercise Period or Offering
     Period any Cash insufficient to purchase a share of Common Stock.

5.   I have  received  a copy of the  Company's  most  recent  prospectus  which
     describes  the  Plan and a copy of the  complete  "MIPS  Technologies  Inc.
     Employee Stock Purchase  Plan." I understand that my  participation  in the
     Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

6.   I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The  effectiveness  of
     this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate
     in the Plan.

7.   In the event of my death, I hereby  designate my beneficiary to receive all
     payments  and  shares  due me under the Plan.  


8.   I agree that the  shares I  purchase  through  the MIPS  Technologies  Inc.
     Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) will be electronically transferred to a
     brokerage  firm for  credit  to an  account  set up  under my name.  Broker
     selection   will  be   forthcoming   and  be  announced  in  an  additional
     communication.



- ---------------------------------------                -------------------------
Employee Signature                                     Date


- ---------------------------------------                -------------------------
Human Resources Signature                              Date

PLEASE RETURN FORM TO Trish Leeper / HR



                                      -12-

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                          DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN

                         (effective as of July 6, 1998)


     1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Directors'  Stock Option Plan
are to attract and retain the best available  personnel for service as Directors
of the Company, to provide additional  incentive to the Outside Directors of the
Company to serve as Directors,  and to encourage their continued  service on the
Board.

     All options granted hereunder shall be non-statutory stock options.

     2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a) "Annual  Meeting" means the Company's  regularly  scheduled annual
     meeting of stockholders, as provided for in the Company's bylaws.

          (b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (d) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (e) "Company" means MIPS Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          (f)  "Continuous  Status  as a  Director"  means  the  absence  of any
     interruption or termination of service as a Director.

          (g) "Director" means a member of the Board.

          (h)  "Employee"  means any person,  including  officers and Directors,
     employed by the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company.  The
     payment of a Director's  fee by the Company  shall not be sufficient in and
     of itself to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (i)  "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
     amended.

          (j) "Fair Market  Value"  means,  as of any date,  the value of Common
     Stock determined as follows:

               (i) If the  Common  Stock  is  listed  on any  established  stock
          exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the
          National  Market  System of the  National  Association  of  Securities
          Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotation  ("Nasdaq") System, the Fair Market
          Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the closing  sales price for
          such stock or the closing bid,

<PAGE>

          if no sales were  reported,  as quoted on such system or exchange  (or
          the exchange  with the greatest  volume of trading in Common Stock) on
          the day of  determination,  as reported in The Wall Street  Journal or
          such other source as the Board deems reliable;

               (ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq  System (but not
          on the  National  Market  System  thereof)  or  regularly  quoted by a
          recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported,  the
          Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between
          the high  and low  asked  prices  for the  Common  Stock on the day of
          determination,  as reported  in The Wall Street  Journal or such other
          source as the Board deems reliable, or;

               (iii) In the  absence  of an  established  market  for the Common
          Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith
          by the Board.

          (k) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (l) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (m) "Optionee" means an Outside Director who receives an Option.

          (n) "Outside Director" means a Director who is not an Employee.

          (o) "Parent"  means a "parent  corporation",  whether now or hereafter
     existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (p) "Plan" means this Directors' Stock Option Plan.

          (q) "Service  Provider"  means an Employee,  Director or consultant of
     the Company.

          (r)  "Share"  means  a share  of the  Common  Stock,  as  adjusted  in
     accordance with Section 10 of the Plan.

          (s)  "Subsidiary"  means a  "subsidiary  corporation",  whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3. Stock  Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 10 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 600,000  Shares plus an annual  increase to be added each year
on July 1  beginning  on July 1,  1999 in an amount  equal to the  lesser of (i)
100,000 shares,  (ii) the number of shares subject to option grants in the prior
year  ending  June 30 or (iii) a lesser  number  determined  by the  Board  (the
"Pool")  of Common  Stock.  The  Shares  may be  authorized,  but  unissued,  or
reacquired Common Stock.

     If an Option should expire or become  unexercisable  for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto
shall,  unless the Plan shall have been terminated,  become available for future
grant under the Plan.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     4. Administration of and Grants of Options under the Plan.

          (a) Administrator. Except as otherwise required herein, the Plan shall
     be  administered  by  the  Board,  or  by  a  compensation  committee  (the
     "Committee") appointed by the Board.

          (b) Procedure  for Grants.  All grants of Options  hereunder  shall be
     automatic  and  non-discretionary  and shall be made strictly in accordance
     with the following provisions:

               (i) No person shall have any  discretion  to select which Outside
          Directors  shall be  granted  Options  or to  determine  the number of
          Shares to be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.

               (ii) Each  Outside  Director  shall be  automatically  granted an
          Option to purchase  40,000  Shares  (which  number shall be subject to
          adjustment  in the  manner  set forth in  Section  10 hereof  upon the
          occurrence of any event described therein) upon the date on which such
          person first becomes a Director (an "Initial Grant"),  whether through
          election by the  stockholders  of the Company or by appointment by the
          Board to fill a vacancy.

               (iii) On the date of each Annual  Meeting during the term of this
          Plan, each Outside  Director who has served as a Director for at least
          the previous six (6) months shall  automatically  receive an Option to
          purchase 10,000 Shares, which number shall be subject to adjustment in
          the manner set forth in Section 10 hereof upon the  occurrence  of any
          event described therein (a "Renewal Grant").

               (iv)  The  terms of each  Option  granted  hereunder  shall be as
          follows:

                    (A) the term of the Option shall be ten (10) years.

                    (B) the Option shall be  exercisable  only while the Outside
               Director  remains  a  Service  Provider,  except  as set forth in
               Section 8 hereof.

                    (C) the  exercise  price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair
               Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the Option.

                    (D) the Initial  Grant will vest and become  exercisable  as
               follows:

                    24% of the Shares  subject to the Option  shall vest  twelve
               months  after  the  Option's  grant  date,  and 2% of the  Shares
               subject to the Option shall vest each month  thereafter,  subject
               to the Outside  Director  continuing to be a Service  Provider on
               such dates.

                    (E) The Renewal  Grants will vest and become  exercisable as
               to 2% of the Shares  subject to such Option each month  beginning
               with the first month after the grant date, subject to the Outside
               Director continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

               (v) In the event  that any  Option  granted  under the Plan would
          cause the number of Shares  subject to  outstanding  Options  plus the
          number of Shares  previously  purchased  upon  exercise  of Options to
          exceed  the Pool,  then each such  automatic  grant  shall be for that
          number of Shares  determined  by dividing  the total  number of Shares
          remaining  available  for grant by the number of Outside  Directors on
          the automatic  grant date. No further  grants shall be made until such
          time,  if any, as additional  Shares become  available for grant under
          the Plan through action of the  stockholders to increase the number of
          Shares which may be issued under the Plan or through  cancellation  or
          expiration of Options previously granted hereunder.

          (c) Powers of the Board. Subject to the provisions and restrictions of
     the Plan,  the Board or the  Committee  shall  have the  authority,  in its
     discretion:  (i) to determine,  upon review of relevant  information and in
     accordance  with  Section  2(j) of the Plan,  the Fair Market  Value of the
     Common  Stock;  (ii) to interpret the Plan;  (iii) to prescribe,  amend and
     rescind rules and  regulations  relating to the Plan; (iv) to authorize any
     person to execute  on behalf of the  Company  any  instrument  required  to
     effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted hereunder;  and (v) to
     make  all  other  determinations  deemed  necessary  or  advisable  for the
     administration of the Plan.

          (d) Effect of Board's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and
     interpretations of the Board or the Committee shall be final.

     5.  Eligibility.  Options  may be granted  only to Outside  Directors.  All
Options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set forth in
Section 4(b) hereof.  An Outside Director who has been granted an Option may, if
he or she is otherwise  eligible,  be granted an additional Option or Options in
accordance with such provisions.

     The Plan  shall  not  confer on any  Optionee  any right  with  respect  to
continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director,  nor
shall it  interfere in any way with any rights which the Director or the Company
may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.

     6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become  effective upon the earlier to occur
of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the  stockholders of the Company
as described in Section 16 of the Plan.  It shall  continue in effect for a term
of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 12 of the Plan.

     7. Exercise Price and Consideration.

          (a) Exercise  Price.  The per Share  exercise price for Optioned Stock
     shall be 100% of the Fair  Market  Value  per Share on the date of grant of
     the Option.

          (b) Form of Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares
     to be issued upon  exercise of an Option,  including the method of payment,
     shall be  determined  by the Board and may consist  entirely  of: (i) cash,
     (ii) check,  (iii) promissory note, (iv) other shares which (x) in the case
     of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option either have been owned by the
     Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, or were not
     acquired  directly  or  indirectly  from the  Company,  and (y) have a Fair
     Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     aggregate  exercise  price of the Shares as to which said  Option  shall be
     exercised,  (v)  authorization  from the  Company to retain  from the total
     number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised  that number of Shares
     having a Fair Market  Value on the date of exercise  equal to the  exercise
     price for the total  number of Shares as to which the Option is  exercised,
     (vi)  delivery  of  a  properly  executed  exercise  notice  together  with
     irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the
     amount of sale or loan proceeds  required to pay the exercise price,  (vii)
     by delivering an  irrevocable  subscription  agreement for the Shares which
     irrevocably  obligates the Optionee to take and pay for the Shares not more
     than  twelve (12)  months  after the date of  delivery of the  subscription
     agreement,  (viii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment,  or
     (ix) such other  consideration  and method of payment  for the  issuance of
     Shares to the extent permitted by applicable law.

     8. Exercise of Option.

          (a)  Procedure  for  Exercise;  Rights as a  Stockholder.  Any  Option
     granted  hereunder  shall be  exercisable at such times as are set forth in
     Section  4(b)  hereof;   provided,   however,  that  no  Options  shall  be
     exercisable  until  stockholder  approval  of the Plan in  accordance  with
     Section 16 hereof has been obtained.

     An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

     An Option  shall be  deemed to be  exercised  when  written  notice of such
exercise  has been  given to the  Company  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Option by the person  entitled to exercise  the Option and full  payment for the
Shares with  respect to which the Option is exercised  has been  received by the
Company.  Full  payment may consist of any  consideration  and method of payment
allowable  under  Section 7(b) of the Plan.  Until the issuance (as evidenced by
the  appropriate  entry on the  books  of the  Company  or of a duly  authorized
transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate  evidencing such Shares,
no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall
exist with respect to the Optioned  Stock,  notwithstanding  the exercise of the
Option. A share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued
to the  Optionee  as  soon as  practicable  after  exercise  of the  Option.  No
adjustment  will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date
is prior to the date the stock  certificate  is issued,  except as  provided  in
Section 10 of the Plan.

     Exercise  of an Option in any  manner  shall  result in a  decrease  in the
number of Shares which  thereafter  may be  available,  both for purposes of the
Plan and for sale  under  the  Option,  by the  number of Shares as to which the
Option is exercised.

          (b) Rule 16b-3.  Options granted to Outside Directors must comply with
     the applicable  provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act
     or any successor  thereto and shall contain such  additional  conditions or
     restrictions  as may be  required  thereunder  to qualify  for the  maximum
     exemption  from  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act  with  respect  to  Plan
     transactions.

          (c)  Termination  of  Status  as a  Service  Provider.  If an  Outside
     Director  ceases to be a Service  Provider,  he or she may, but only within
     three (3) months after the date he or she ceases 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     to be a Service  Provider,  exercise an Option to the extent that he or she
     was   entitled   to   exercise   it  at  the  date  of  such   termination.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event may the  Option be  exercised
     after its five (5) year term has  expired.  To the extent that the Optionee
     was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination,  or
     if the Optionee does not exercise such Option (which he or she was entitled
     to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          (d) Disability of Optionee.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
     8(c)  above,  in the event an  Optionee  is unable to continue as a Service
     Provider as a result of the Optionee's  total and permanent  disability (as
     defined in Section  22(e)(3) of the Code),  he or she may,  but only within
     six (6)  months  from the date of  termination,  exercise  an Option to the
     extent  that he or she was  entitled  to  exercise  it at the  date of such
     termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in no event may the Option be
     exercised after its five (5) year term has expired.  To the extent that the
     Optionee   was  not  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  at  the  date  of
     termination,  or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option (which he or
     she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein,  the Option
     shall terminate.

          (e) Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of an Optionee,  the
     Option may be  exercised,  at any time within six (6) months  following the
     date of death,  by the  Optionee's  estate or by a person who  acquired the
     right to  exercise  the Option by bequest or  inheritance,  but only to the
     extent  of the right to  exercise  that had  accrued  at the date of death.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event may the  Option be  exercised
     after its five (5) year term has expired.

     9.  Non-Transferability  of Options . The Option may not be sold,  pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised,  during the
lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Liquidation or Merger.

          (a) Changes in  Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
     stockholders  of  the  Company,  the  number  of  Shares  covered  by  each
     outstanding Option, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for
     issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or
     which have been returned to the Plan upon  cancellation or expiration of an
     Option,  as well as the price per Share  covered  by each such  outstanding
     Option or Right,  shall be  proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or
     decrease in the number of issued  Shares of  resulting  from a stock split,
     reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the
     Common  Stock,  or any other  increase  or decrease in the number of issued
     Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company;  provided,
     however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall
     not be deemed to have been  "effected  without  receipt of  consideration."
     Such adjustment  shall be made by the Board,  whose  determination  in that
     respect  shall be  final,  binding  and  conclusive.  Except  as  expressly
     provided  herein,  no  issuance  by the  Company  of Shares of stock of any
     class, or securities  convertible into Shares of stock of any class,  shall
     affect,  and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
     the number or price of Shares subject to an Option.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

          (b)  Dissolution  or  Liquidation.   In  the  event  of  the  proposed
     dissolution  or liquidation of the Company,  all  outstanding  Options will
     terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation of such proposed action,
     unless  otherwise  provided by the Board. The Board may, in the exercise of
     its sole  discretion  in such  instances,  declare  that any  Option  shall
     terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each  Optionee the right
     to exercise his or her Option as to all or any part of the Optioned  Stock,
     including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

          (c) Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a merger of the Company with
     or into another  corporation or the sale of substantially all of the assets
     of the Company,  outstanding  Options may be assumed or equivalent  options
     may be substituted  by the successor  corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary
     thereof  (the  "Successor  Corporation").   If  an  Option  is  assumed  or
     substituted  for,  the Option or  equivalent  option  shall  continue to be
     exercisable  as provided in Section 4 hereof for so long as the Optionee is
     a  Service  Provider  of  the  Company  or of  the  Successor  Corporation.
     Following such assumption or  substitution,  if the Optionee's  status as a
     Service  Provider  of the  Company  or of  the  Successor  Corporation,  as
     applicable,  is terminated  other than upon a voluntary  resignation by the
     Optionee, the Option or option shall become fully exercisable, including as
     to Shares for which it would not otherwise be exercisable.  Thereafter, the
     Option or option shall remain  exercisable in accordance with Sections 8(c)
     through (e) above.

     If the  Successor  Corporation  does not  assume an  outstanding  Option or
substitute for it an equivalent option, the Option shall become fully vested and
exercisable,  including  as to  Shares  for  which it  would  not  otherwise  be
exercisable.  In such event the Board shall notify the Optionee  that the Option
shall be fully  exercisable  for a period of fifteen  (15) days from the date of
such notice, and upon the expiration of such period the Option shall terminate.

     For the  purposes of this  Section  10(c),  an Option  shall be  considered
assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Option confers the right
to purchase or receive,  for each Share of Optioned  Stock subject to the Option
immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets,  the  consideration  (whether
stock,  cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of
assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the  effective  date of
the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type
of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares).
If such  consideration  received  in the  merger or sale of assets is not solely
common stock of the successor  corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may,
with the consent of the successor corporation,  provide for the consideration to
be received  upon the exercise of the Option,  for each Share of Optioned  Stock
subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or
its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by
holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

     11. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

          (a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter,
     suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration,  suspension,
     or  discontinuation  shall be made  which  would  impair  the rights of any
     Optionee under any grant theretofore made,  without


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     his or her consent.  In addition,  to the extent necessary and desirable to
     comply with any  applicable  law or  regulation,  the Company  shall obtain
     stockholder  approval of any Plan  amendment in such a manner and to such a
     degree as required.

          (b)  Effect  of  Amendment  or  Termination.  Any  such  amendment  or
     termination of the Plan shall not affect Options  already  granted and such
     Options  shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been
     amended or terminated.

     12.  Time of  Granting  Options.  The date of grant of an  Option  or Right
shall, for all purposes,  be the date determined in accordance with Section 4(b)
hereof.  Notice of the determination  shall be given to each Outside Director to
whom an Option is so  granted  within a  reasonable  time after the date of such
grant.

     13. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant
to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance
and  delivery of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply with all relevant
provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  the Exchange Act, the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,
state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the
Shares may then be  listed,  and shall be further  subject  to the  approval  of
counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

     As a condition  to the  exercise of an Option,  the Company may require the
person  exercising  such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present  intention  to sell or  distribute  such  Shares  if, in the  opinion of
counsel  for  the  Company,  such a  representation  is  required  by any of the
aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

     14. Reservation of Shares. The Company,  during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     15.  Option  Agreement.  Options  shall  be  evidenced  by  written  option
agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.

     16.  Stockholder  Approval.  Continuance  of the Plan  shall be  subject to
approval  by the  stockholders  of the  Company at or prior to the first  annual
meeting of stockholders subsequent to the granting of an Option hereunder.  Such
stockholder  approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required
under applicable state and federal law.


                                      -8-

                             MIPS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                          NON-U.S. STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


     The following  constitutes  the provisions of the MIPS  Technologies,  Inc.
Non-U.S. Stock Purchase Plan.

     1. PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide  non-U.S.  employees and
consultants of the Company and its Designated  Subsidiaries  with an opportunity
to  purchase  Common  Stock of the Company  through  cash  contributions.  It is
believed that employee  participation  in ownership of the Company on this basis
will be to the mutual benefit of the employees, consultants and the Company.

     2. DEFINITIONS.

          "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "Common  Stock"  means the Common  Stock,  $0.001  par  value,  of the
     Company.

          "Company" means MIPS Technologies, Inc.

          "Committee"  means  the  committee  appointed  by and  serving  at the
     pleasure of the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

          "Compensation"  means base pay and consulting  fees,  plus any amounts
     attributable to overtime,  shift premium,  incentive compensation,  bonuses
     and  commissions  (exclusive  of "spot  bonuses"  and any  other  such item
     specifically  directed  for all  Employees  by the  Board or a  committee),
     designated by the Board,  but shall exclude  severance  pay, pay in lieu of
     vacations, back pay awards, disability benefits, deferred compensation,  or
     any other compensation excluded in the discretion of the Board.

          Compensation  shall be  determined  before giving effect to any salary
     reduction  agreement  pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred  arrangement
     within  the  meaning  of  Section  401(k)  of the  Code  or to any  similar
     reduction  agreement  pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of
     Section 125 of the Code).

          "Consultant"  means any person,  including an advisor,  engaged by the
     Company or a parent or  Designated  Subsidiary  to render  services to such
     entity.

          "Continuous  Status  as an  Employee  or  Consultant"  shall  mean the
     absence of any  interruption  or  termination  of service as an Employee or
     Consultant.  Continuous  Status as an Employee or  Consultant  shall not be
     considered  interrupted  in the case of a leave  of  absence 


              
<PAGE>

     agreed to in  writing  by the  Company,  provided  that such leave is for a
     period of not more than 90 days or  re-employment  upon the  expiration  of
     such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

          "Contributions" means an Employee's payroll deduction,  a Consultant's
     invoice deductions or any participant's cash contributions made to the Plan
     during an Offering Period in order to purchase shares.

          "Designated  Subsidiaries"  means  the  Subsidiaries  which  have been
     designated  by the  Board  from  time  to time in its  sole  discretion  as
     eligible to participate in the Plan.

          "Employee" means any person,  including an officer, who is employed by
     the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries.

          "Exercise Date" means the last business day of each Exercise Period in
     an Offering Period.

          "Exercise  Period" means a six-month period  commencing on an Offering
     Date or on the first  business day after any  Exercise  Date in an Offering
     Period.

          "Offering  Date"  means the first day of each  Offering  Period of the
     Plan.

          "Offering Period" means a period of twenty-four (24) months consisting
     of four six-month Exercise Periods during which options granted pursuant to
     the Plan may be exercised.

          "Plan" means the MIPS Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

          "Subsidiary" means any corporation,  domestic or foreign, in which the
     Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting shares.

     3. ELIGIBILITY.

          (a) Any  person  who is an  Employee  or  Consultant,  as  defined  in
     paragraph  2,  on the  Offering  Date  of a given  Offering  Period  (or as
     otherwise  determined  by the Board or the Committee ) shall be eligible to
     participate  in  such  Offering  Period  under  the  Plan,  subject  to the
     requirements  of  paragraph  5(a) and the  limitations  imposed  by Section
     423(b) of the Code.

          (b)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of the Plan to the contrary,  no
     Employee  or  Consultant  shall be granted an option  under the Plan if (i)
     immediately  after the grant,  such  Employee or  Consultant  (or any other
     person  whose  stock  ownership  would be  attributed  to such  Employee or
     Consultant  pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own shares and/or
     hold outstanding options to purchase shares possessing five percent (5%) or
     more of the total  combined  voting power or value of all classes of shares
     of the Company or of any  subsidiary  of the  Company,  or (ii) the rate of
     Contributions under such option would permit the employee's or consultant's
     rights to purchase shares under all stock purchase plans  (including  those
     described in Section 423 of the


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     Code)  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to  accrue  (i.e.,  become
     exercisable) at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000)
     of fair market value of such shares  (determined at the time such option is
     granted) for each calendar year in which such option is  outstanding at any
     time.

          (c) Upon reemployment of a former Employee,  such former Employee will
     again be eligible to participate in the Plan,  subject to the  requirements
     of  Paragraph  5(a) and the  limitations  imposed by Section  423(b) of the
     Code.

     4. OFFERING PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering
Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on or about each May 1 or November
1,  provided,  however,  that the Offering Date of the initial  Offering  Period
shall be June 10, 1998. If the Company cannot make an offer under the Plan on or
about any May 1 or  November  1 because  of  restrictions  imposed  by law,  the
Company  may make an offer as soon as  practical  after the  expiration  of such
restrictions.  The Board or the  Committee  shall  have the power to change  the
duration  of  Offering  Periods  with  respect  to  future   offerings   without
stockholder  approval,  if such change is announced  at least  fifteen (15) days
prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected.

     5. PARTICIPATION.

          (a) An eligible Employee or Consultant may become a participant in the
     Plan by completing a subscription  agreement authorizing payroll deductions
     or Consultant's  invoice deductions on the form provided by the Company and
     filing it with the Company's payroll office or other appropriate department
     of the Company prior to the Offering Date of the first Offering Period with
     respect to which it is to be effective,  unless a later time for filing the
     subscription  agreement  is set by the Board or  Committee  with respect to
     such  Offering  Period.  In addition,  the Board or  Committee  may allow a
     participant to pay by check in addition to or in  substitution  for payroll
     or invoice deductions;  provided, however, that the aggregate Contributions
     for the  Offering  Period and each  Exercise  Period is not in excess of 10
     percent (10%) of the  participant's  Compensation  for the relevant period.
     Once  enrolled,  the  Employee  or  Consultant  remains  enrolled  in  each
     subsequent  Offering Period of the Plan at the designated  deduction amount
     unless the Employee or Consultant withdraws by providing the Company with a
     written Notice of Withdrawal or files a new subscription agreement prior to
     the  applicable  Offering  Date  changing the  Employee's  or  Consultant's
     designated payroll or invoice deduction. An eligible Employee or Consultant
     may participate in only one Offering Period at a time.

          (b) Payroll or invoice  deductions  for a participant  shall  commence
     with the first payroll  period  following  the Offering  Date, or the first
     payroll  following the date of valid filing of the subscription  agreement,
     or the first invoice  submitted after the valid filing of the  subscription
     agreement,  whichever  is  later,  and  shall  end when  terminated  by the
     participant as provided in paragraph 10.

     6. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          (a) At the time a participant files his or her subscription agreement,
     he or she shall elect to have  payroll or invoice  deductions  made on each
     payday during all subsequent  Offering  Periods at a rate not exceeding ten
     percent (10%), or such other rate as may be determined from time to time by
     the Board,  of the  Compensation  which he or she would  otherwise  receive
     during such Offering Period without regard to deferral elections,  provided
     that  the  aggregate  Contributions  during  any  Offering  Period  and any
     Exercise  Period  shall  not  exceed  ten  percent  (10%),  or  such  other
     percentage  as may be  determined  from time to time by the  Board,  of the
     aggregate Compensation which he or she would otherwise have received during
     said  Offering  Period.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for the  initial
     Offering Period  commencing on June 10, 1998,  payroll  deductions will not
     commence  until the first payday  following the date that the  registration
     statement for the initial public offering of the Common Stock becomes or is
     declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the
     Securities  Act of 1933 (the "IPO Effective  Date").  The amount of initial
     payroll or invoice  deductions  in the period from June 10, 1998 to the IPO
     Effective Date will, upon authorization by the participant,  be deducted in
     two  substantially  equal  payments  during the first two  payroll  periods
     immediately  following the IPO Effective Date and,  thereafter,  payroll or
     invoice  deductions  will be made at the rate authorized by the participant
     in his or her initial subscription agreement.

          (b) All Contributions authorized by a participant shall be credited to
     his or her  account  under  the  Plan.  A  participant  may  not  make  any
     additional payments into such account.

          (c) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan
     as  provided  in  paragraph  10,  or  may  change  the  rate  of his or her
     Contributions  during an Offering  Period by completing and filing with the
     Company a new authorization for a new level of Contributions, provided that
     the  Board  may,  in  its   discretion,   impose   reasonable  and  uniform
     restrictions on participants'  ability to change the rate of Contributions.
     The  change in rate shall be  effective  no later  than  fifteen  (15) days
     following the Company's receipt of the new authorization. A participant may
     decrease  or  increase  the  amount of his or her  Contributions  as of the
     beginning of an Offering  Period by completing and filing with the Company,
     prior  to  the  beginning  of  such  Offering  Period,  a new  subscription
     agreement.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  to the extent necessary,  but only
     to such extent,  to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and paragraph
     3(b) herein,  a participant's  rate of  Contributions  may be automatically
     decreased to 0% at such time during any Exercise  Period which is scheduled
     to  end  in  the  current  calendar  year  that  the  aggregate  of  all  a
     participant's  Contributions  accumulated  with  respect to the  applicable
     Offering  Period  and any other  Offering  Period  ending  within  the same
     calendar year equals $25,000.  Contributions  shall  recommence at the rate
     provided in such participant's  subscription  agreement at the beginning of
     the next succeeding  Exercise Period,  unless terminated by the participant
     as provided in paragraph 10.

     7. GRANT OF OPTION.

          (a)  On  each  Offering  Date  (or on  such  later  date  specifically
     authorized  by the  Board  or the  Committee),  each  participant  shall be
     granted an option to purchase on each Exercise


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     Date (at the per  share  option  price) a number  of full  shares of Common
     Stock arrived at by dividing such participant's  total  Contributions to be
     accumulated  prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the  participant's
     account as of the  Exercise  Date by the lower of (i)  eighty-five  percent
     (85%) of the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock at the Offering
     Date, or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share
     of Common Stock at the Exercise Date; provided,  however,  that the maximum
     number of shares a participant  may purchase  during each  Offering  Period
     shall be determined  by (i) dividing  $50,000 by the fair market value of a
     share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or (ii) if less, by the "Maximum
     Cap" set for such Offering Period;  and provided further that such purchase
     shall be subject to the  limitations  set forth in  paragraphs  3(b) and 12
     hereof.  The "Maximum Cap" for each Offering  Period shall be the number of
     shares  purchasable  under the Plan  during that  Offering  Period with the
     maximum  Contributions  permitted by paragraph 6(a) hereof,  based upon the
     fair  market  value of a share of  Common  Stock  at the  beginning  of the
     Offering Period.  The fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be
     determined as provided in paragraph 7(b) herein.

          (b) The option  price per share of such shares  shall be the lower of:
     (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of Common
     Stock at the Offering Date; or (ii)  eighty-five  percent (85%) of the fair
     market  value of a share of Common  Stock at the  Exercise  Date.  The fair
     market value of a share of Common  Stock on said dates shall be  determined
     by the Board,  based upon such  factors as the Board  determines  relevant;
     provided,  however,  that if there is a public market for the Common Stock,
     the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock on a given date shall be
     the  reported  bid price for the Common  Stock as of such date;  or, in the
     event that the Common  Stock is listed on a national  securities  exchange,
     the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales
     price of a share of Common Stock on the exchange as of such date.

     8. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a)  Unless a  participant  withdraws  from  the  Offering  Period  as
     provided in paragraph 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares will
     be exercised automatically at each Exercise Date, and the maximum number of
     full shares  subject to option will be purchased at the  applicable  option
     price with the  accumulated  payroll or  invoice  deductions  in his or her
     account. The shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be
     deemed to be transferred to the participant on the Exercise Date.

          (b) During his or her  lifetime,  a  participant's  option to purchase
     shares hereunder is exercisable only by the participant.

          (c) The Board may  require,  as a condition  precedent to any purchase
     under the  Plan,  appropriate  arrangements  with the  participant  for the
     withholding of any applicable Federal,  state, local or foreign withholding
     or other taxes.

     9.  DELIVERY.  As promptly as  practicable  after the Exercise Date of each
Offering  Period,  the  Company  shall  arrange  for the shares  purchased  upon
exercise of his or her option to be 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

electronically credited to the participant's designated brokerage account at one
of the securities  brokerage firms participating in the Company's direct deposit
program from time to time. Any cash  remaining to the credit of a  participant's
account  under the Plan after a purchase by him or her of shares at the Exercise
Date of each Offering Period which merely represents a fractional share shall be
credited to the participant's  account for the next subsequent  Offering Period;
any additional cash shall be returned to said participant.

     10. WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a) A  participant  may  withdraw  all,  but not less  than  all,  the
     Contributions  credited  to his or her  account  under the Plan at any time
     prior to an Exercise Date by giving written notice to the Company on a form
     provided for such purpose.  If the participant  withdraws from the Offering
     Period,  all  of the  participant's  Contributions  credited  to his or her
     account  will be  paid to the  participant  as  soon as  practicable  after
     receipt of the notice of  withdrawal  and his or her option for the current
     Offering   Period   will  be   automatically   canceled,   and  no  further
     Contributions  for the  purchase  of shares  will be  allowed  during  such
     Offering Period or subsequent  Offering  Periods,  except pursuant to a new
     subscription agreement filed in accordance with paragraph 6 hereof.

          (b) Upon  termination  of the  participant's  Continuous  Status as an
     Employee or Consultant  prior to an Exercise Date of an Offering Period for
     any reason, including retirement or death, the Contributions accumulated in
     his or her account  will be  returned to him or her as soon as  practicable
     after such  termination  or, in the case of death, to the person or persons
     entitled  thereto  under  paragraph  14,  and  his or her  option  will  be
     automatically canceled.

          (c) In the  event  an  Employee  or  Consultant  fails  to  remain  in
     Continuous  Status as an Employee or Consultant of the Company for at least
     twenty (20) hours per week during an Offering  Period in which the employee
     or consultant is a participant, he or she will be deemed to have elected to
     withdraw  from  the  Plan,  and the  Contributions  credited  to his or her
     account will be returned to the participant and the option canceled.

          (d) A  participant's  withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have
     any effect  upon his or her  eligibility  to  participate  in a  succeeding
     Offering   Period  by  executing  and  delivering  to  the  Company  a  new
     subscription  agreement  or in any  similar  plan  which may  hereafter  be
     adopted by the Company.

     11. AUTOMATIC  TRANSFER TO LOW PRICE OFFERING PERIOD. In the event that the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock is lower on the first day of an Exercise
Period (the "Subsequent Exercise Period") than it was on the first Offering Date
for that Offering Period (the "Initial  Offering  Period"),  all participants in
the Plan on the first day of the Subsequent  Exercise  Period shall be deemed to
have  withdrawn  from  the  Initial  Offering  Period  on the  first  day of the
Subsequent  Exercise  Period  and to  have  enrolled  as  participants  in a new
Offering  Period which begins on or about that day. A  participant  may elect to
remain in the Initial  Offering Period by filing a written  statement  declaring
such election with the Company prior to the time of the automatic  change to the
new Offering Period.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     12. INTEREST. No interest shall accrue on the payroll or invoice deductions
of a participant in the Plan.

     13. STOCK.

          (a)  Subject  to  adjustment  upon  changes in  capitalization  of the
     Company as provided in paragraph 19, the maximum number of shares of Common
     Stock  which  shall be  reserved  for sale  under the Plan  shall be 60,000
     shares.

     If the total number of shares  which would  otherwise be subject to options
granted  pursuant to paragraph  7(a) hereof on the Offering  Date of an Offering
Period  exceeds  the  number  of shares  then  available  under the Plan  (after
deduction  of all  shares  for which  options  have been  exercised  or are then
outstanding),  the  Company  shall  make a pro  rata  allocation  of the  shares
remaining  available for option grant in as uniform and equitable a manner as is
practicable.  In such  event,  the  Company  shall give  written  notice of such
reduction  of the number of shares  subject  to the  option to each  participant
affected  thereby  and  shall  return  any  excess  funds  accumulated  in  each
participant's account as soon as practicable after the affected Exercise Date of
such Offering  Period.  Common Stock to be sold to  participants in the Plan may
be, at the election of the Company,  either treasury shares or shares authorized
but unissued.

          (b) A  participant  will have no interest  or voting  rights in shares
     covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

          (c) Shares to be  delivered  to a  participant  under the Plan will be
     credited  electronically  to  a  brokerage  account  in  the  name  of  the
     participant at one of the brokerage firms  participating  from time to time
     in the Company's direct deposit program.

     14.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by the Board or the
Committee.  The Board or the Committee  shall have the authority to (i) make all
factual determinations in the administration or interpretation of the Plan, (ii)
establish  administrative  regulations  to further the purpose of the Plan,  and
(iii) take any other action  desirable or  necessary to  interpret,  construe or
implement   properly   the   provisions   of  the  Plan.   The   administration,
interpretation or application of the Plan by the Board or the Committee shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all participants. Members of the Board or the
Committee who are eligible  Employees are permitted to  participate in the Plan,
provided that:

          (a) Members of the Board who  participate  in the Plan may not vote on
     any matter  affecting  the  administration  of the Plan or the grant of any
     option pursuant to the Plan.

          (b) If a Committee is established to administer the Plan, no member of
     the Board who participates in the Plan may be a member of the Committee.

     15. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          (a) A participant may file a written  designation of a beneficiary who
     is to receive  shares and/or cash, if any, from the  participant's  account
     under the Plan in the event of such participant's death at a time when cash
     or shares are held for his or her account.

          (b) Such  designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
     at any time by written  notice.  In the event of the death of a participant
     in the absence of a valid designation of a beneficiary who is living at the
     time of such  participant's  death,  the Company  shall deliver such shares
     and/or  cash  to  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the  estate  of the
     participant; or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to
     the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion,  may deliver
     such shares  and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more  dependents or
     relatives  of the  participant,  or if no spouse,  dependent or relative is
     known  to the  Company,  then to  such  other  person  as the  Company  may
     reasonably designate.

     16.  RIGHTS  NOT  TRANSFERABLE.   Neither   Contributions   credited  to  a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or
to  receive  shares  under the Plan may be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or
otherwise  disposed of in any way (other  than by will,  the laws of descent and
distribution,  or as provided in  paragraph 15 hereof) by the  participant.  Any
such  attempt at  assignment,  transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  shall be
without  effect,  except  that the  Company may treat such act as an election to
withdraw funds in accordance with paragraph 10.

     17. USE OF FUNDS. All  Contributions  received or held by the Company under
the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate  purpose,  and the Company
shall not be obligated to segregate such Contributions.

     18. REPORTS. Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in
the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Employees as soon
as practicable  following each Exercise Date. Such statements will set forth the
amounts of  Contributions,  the per share purchase  price,  the number of shares
purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

     19.  ADJUSTMENTS  UPON CHANGES IN  CAPITALIZATION.  Subject to any required
action by the stockholders of the Company,  the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been  exercised  and the
number of shares of Common Stock which have been  authorized  for issuance under
the  Plan  but  have  not  yet  been  placed  under  option  (collectively,  the
"Reserves"),  as well as the price per share of  Common  Stock  covered  by each
option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately
adjusted for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common
Stock   resulting   from  a  stock  split,   stock   dividend,   combination  or
reclassification  of the Common  Stock or any other  increase or decrease in the
number of shares of Common Stock effected  without receipt of  consideration  by
the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of
the  Company  shall  not be deemed to have been  "effected  without  receipt  of
consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination
in that  respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  no issue by the  Company of shares of stock of any class,  or
securities  convertible into shares of stock of any class,  shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price
of shares of Common Stock subject to option.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the
Offering  Period will terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation of such
proposed  action,  unless  otherwise  provided  by the Board.  In the event of a
proposed sale of all or substantially  all of the assets of the Company,  or the
merger of the Company  with or into another  corporation,  each option under the
Plan shall be assumed  or an  equivalent  option  shall be  substituted  by such
successor  corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such  successor  corporation
(the  "Successor  Corporation").  In the event  that the  Successor  Corporation
refuses to assume or  substitute  for the option,  any Exercise  Periods then in
progress  shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise  Date (the "New  Exercise
Date") and any Offering  Periods then in progress  shall end on the New Exercise
Date.  The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company's  proposed
sale or merger. The Board shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten
(10)  business days prior to the New Exercise  Date,  that the Exercise Date for
the participant's  option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the
participant's option shall be exercised  automatically on the New Exercise Date,
unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period
as provided in Section 10 hereof.

     The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole  discretion,
also make  provision for adjusting the Reserves,  as well as the price per share
of Common  Stock  covered  by each  outstanding  option,  in the event  that the
Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings
or other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding  Common Stock, and
in the event of the  Company  being  consolidated  with or merged into any other
corporation.

     20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Board may at any time and for any reason
terminate  or amend  the Plan.  Except  as  provided  in  paragraph  19 and this
paragraph 20, no such termination will affect options previously granted. Except
as provided in paragraph  19 and this  paragraph  20, no amendment  may make any
change in any option  theretofore  granted which adversely affects the rights of
any participant.

     In the event the Board  determines  that the ongoing  operation of the Plan
may result in unfavorable financial accounting  consequences,  the Board may, in
its discretion  and, to the extent  necessary or desirable,  modify or amend the
Plan to reduce or  eliminate  such  accounting  consequence  including,  but not
limited to:

          (a) altering the purchase price for any Offering  Period  including an
     Offering Period underway at the time of the change in purchase price;

          (b) shortening any Offering  Period so that Offering  Period ends on a
     new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the
     Board action; and

          (c) allocating shares.

     Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder  approval or
the consent of any Plan participants.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     21. NOTICES.  All notices or other  communications  by a participant to the
Company in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when
received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person,
designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.  Notices given electronically
by the Company will be deemed to be written notices under the Plan.

     22.  CONDITIONS  UPON  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option  unless the  exercise of such option and the  issuance  and
delivery of such  shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply  with all  applicable
provisions  of law,  domestic or foreign,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,  and the requirements
of any stock  exchange  upon which the  shares may then be listed,  and shall be
further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

     As a  condition  to the  exercise of an option,  if required by  applicable
securities  laws, the Company may require the  participant for whose account the
option is being  exercised to represent and warrant at the time of such exercise
that the shares are being  purchased only for investment and without any present
intention  to sell or  distribute  such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for
the  Company,  such a  representation  is required by any of the  aforementioned
applicable provisions of law.

     23. NO RIGHT TO  EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing  shall  confer  upon any  employee or
consultant of the Company any right to continued  employment or consultancy with
the Company or  interfere  in any way with the right of the Company to terminate
the  employment or  consultancy  of any of its employees or  consultants  at any
time, with or without cause.

     24.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall  remain in effect  until  terminated  in
accordance with Paragraph 20.

     25.  GOVERNING  LAW.  All  rights and  obligations  under the Plan shall be
construed  and  interpreted  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of
California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.




                                      -10-
<PAGE>


MIPS Technologies Inc.                     NON-U.S. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                                               SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                                   <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EMPLOYEE LAST NAME                  FIRST NAME                MI    SOCIAL SECURITY #               EMPLOYEE #


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER                         OFFICE LOCATION


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|_| ORIGINAL APPLICATION     |_| CHANGE
</TABLE>

1.   I  hereby  elect  to  participate  in  each  Offering  Period  of the  MIPS
     Technologies  Inc.  Non-U.S.  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the  "Plan")
     beginning  subsequent to the date set forth below and subscribe to purchase
     shares  of  Common  Stock of MIPS  Technologies  Inc.  (the  "Company")  in
     accordance with this Agreement and the Plan.

2.   I hereby  authorize  payroll and/or invoice  deductions  from each paycheck
     and/or  invoice  during each  Offering  Period in the amount of (1% to 10%,
     whole  percentages only)  ____________% of my compensation  (including base
     pay,   consulting  fees  and,  to  the  extent   applicable,   any  amounts
     attributable to overtime,  shift premium,  incentive compensation,  bonuses
     and commissions) in accordance with the Plan.

3.   I  understand  that the  deductions  will not begin until after the closing
     date of the initial  public  offering of the  Company's  Common  Stock (the
     "Closing  Date").  The Company will notify me when payroll  deductions will
     begin and I will be given the  opportunity  to withdraw from the Plan. If I
     elect to continue  participation  in the Plan,  payroll  deductions for the
     period from June 10,  1998 until the Closing  Date will be made up in equal
     installments over the first two payroll periods.

4.   I understand that said deductions  shall be accumulated for the purchase of
     shares in accordance  with the Plan,  and that shares will be purchased for
     me  automatically  at the end of each  six-month  Exercise  Period unless I
     withdraw from the Plan by giving written notice to the Company. I authorize
     the Company to carry over to the next  Exercise  Period or Offering  Period
     any cash insufficient to purchase a share of Common Stock.

5.   I have  received  a copy of the  Company's  most  recent  prospectus  which
     describes  the  Plan and a copy of the  complete  "MIPS  Technologies  Inc.
     Employee Stock Purchase  Plan." I understand that my  participation  in the
     Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

6.   I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The  effectiveness  of
     this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate
     in the Plan.

7.   In the event of my death, I hereby  designate my beneficiary to receive all
     payments and shares due me under the Plan.

8.   I agree that the  shares I  purchase  through  the MIPS  Technologies  Inc.
     Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) will be electronically transferred to a
     brokerage  firm for  credit  to an  account  set up  under my name.  Broker
     selection   will  be   forthcoming   and  be  announced  in  an  additional
     communication.


- -------------------------------------------       ------------------------------
Employee Signature                                  Date


- -------------------------------------------       ------------------------------
Employee Signature                                  Date
PLEASE RETURN FORM TO Trish Leeper / HR



                                      -11-

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE BALANCE
SHEET AND  STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  INCLUDED IN THE COMPANY'S  FORM 10-K FOR THE
PERIOD  ENDED JUNE 30,  1998,  AND IS  QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES THERETO.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JUN-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                         45      
<SECURITIES>                                   0       
<RECEIVABLES>                                  250     
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0       
<INVENTORY>                                    0       
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               913     
<PP&E>                                         8,411   
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (5,624) 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 4,696   
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          5,443   
<BONDS>                                        0       
                          0       
                                    0       
<COMMON>                                       36      
<OTHER-SE>                                     (783)   
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   4,696   
<SALES>                                        56,810  
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               56,810  
<CGS>                                          375     
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  375     
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               56,052  
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0       
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             7       
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                376     
<INCOME-TAX>                                   0       
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            376     
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   376
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .01
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .01
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission